OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FB

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

A M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint. S

WIF

TS

CA

BL

E L

AD

DE

R

LR1.01PAGE 1 OF 1

W = width

STRAIGHTLENGTHS

For cable load capacitysee loading graphs.

OL W FINISH

ACTUALSIZE

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Weightkg

WidthW

100

150

225

300

450

600

Cat. Nos.

OL 100

OL 150

OL 225

OL 300

OL 450

OL 600

4.9

5.1

5.4

5.7

7.0

7.9

Type 4 rungs are usedas standard. For detailsrefer to Data SheetLR7.01.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are inmillimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are inkilograms (kg) and are for hotdip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriatecomponent weight in otherfinishes, multiply the givenweight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Finish: For ladders with G finish, fasteners arehigh tensile Grade 8.8. For ladders withS finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For ladders with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on theinstallation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

STRAIGHT LENGTHTO STRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

3000

150 300RUNGPITCH

100

W - 3

W + 21

12

15

1.5THICK50

28

INTERNAL WIDTH

TYPE 4 RUNG

14

JOGGLE END DETAIL16.7

17

23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

33.3

END DETAIL33.3

23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

46

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FB

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

A M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint. S

WIF

TS

CA

BL

E L

AD

DE

R

LR1.02PAGE 1 OF 4

90°FLAT BENDS

W = width

OFB W 90 300 FINISHFor information on the use of X, Y, i and C dimensions,refer to Data Sheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

X

160

i

160

C

WIDTH

Y300

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

Weightkg

No. ofRungs

4

4

4

4

4

4

1.6

1.7

2.0

2.2

2.9

3.4

WidthW

100

150

225

300

450

600

The standard inside radius for Opal bends is 300.

C

509

534

571

609

684

759

i

651

651

651

651

651

651

Y

509

534

571

609

684

759

X

509

534

571

609

684

759

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

Cat. Nos.

OFB 100 90 300

OFB 150 90 300

OFB 225 90 300

OFB 300 90 300

OFB 450 90 300

OFB 600 90 300

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

Finish: For bends with G finish, fasteners arehigh tensile Grade 8.8. For bends withS finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For bends with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on theinstallation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.DIMENSIONS

All dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FBA M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR1.02PAGE 2 OF 4

60°FLAT BENDS

W = width

OFB W 60 300 FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

For information on the use of X, Y, i and C dimen-sions, refer to Data Sheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

X

160

i

160300

C

WIDTH

Y

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

The standard inside radius for Opal bends is 300.

Weightkg

No. ofRungs

3

3

3

3

3

3

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.7

2.2

2.6

WidthW

100

150

225

300

450

600

C

361

376

397

419

462

506

i

577

577

577

577

577

577

Y

313

325

344

363

400

438

X

542

563

596

628

693

758

Cat. Nos.

OFB 100 60 300

OFB 150 60 300

OFB 225 60 300

OFB 300 60 300

OFB 450 60 300

OFB 600 60 300

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

Finish: For bends with G finish, fasteners arehigh tensile Grade 8.8. For bends withS finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For bends with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on theinstallation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FB

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

A M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint. S

WIF

TS

CA

BL

E L

AD

DE

R

W = width

LR1.02PAGE 3 OF 4

45°FLAT BENDS

OFB W 45 300 FINISHFor information on the use of X, Y, i and C dimensions,refer to Data Sheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

X

160

i

160300

C

WIDTH

Y

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

Weightkg

No. ofRungs

3

3

3

3

3

3

WidthW

100

150

225

300

450

600

X

520

537

564

590

643

696

i

525

525

525

525

525

525

Y

215

223

234

244

266

288

C

304

315

330

346

377

408

The standard inside radius for Opal bends is 300.

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.5

2.0

2.3

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

Cat. Nos.

OFB 100 45 300

OFB 150 45 300

OFB 225 45 300

OFB 300 45 300

OFB 450 45 300

OFB 600 45 300

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

Finish: For bends with G finish, fasteners arehigh tensile Grade 8.8. For bends withS finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For bends with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.DIMENSIONS

All dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finish-es, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FBA M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR1.02PAGE 4 OF 4

30°FLAT BENDS

OFB W 30 300 FINISH

W = width

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

For information on the use of X, Y, i and C dimensions,refer to Data Sheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

X

160

i

160300

C

WIDTH

Y

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

Weightkg

No. ofRungs

2

2

2

2

2

2

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

1.5

1.7

WidthW

100

150

225

300

450

600

C

253

260

270

280

300

320

i

464

464

464

464

464

464

X

473

485

504

523

560

598

127

130

135

140

150

160

Y

The standard inside radius for Opal bends is 300.

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

Cat. Nos.

OFB 100 30 300

OFB 150 30 300

OFB 225 30 300

OFB 300 30 300

OFB 450 30 300

OFB 600 30 300

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

Finish: For bends with G finish, fasteners arehigh tensile Grade 8.8. For bends withS finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For bends with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FB

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

A M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint. S

WIF

TS

CA

BL

E L

AD

DE

R

LR1.03PAGE 1 OF 4

90° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

OIR W 90 300 FINISH

W = width

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

For information on the use of X, Y, i andC dimensions, refer to Data SheetsLR7.03 and LR7.04.

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

Weightkg

No. ofRungs

4

4

4

4

4

4

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.8

2.3

2.6

WidthW

100

150

225

300

450

600

Y

450

450

450

450

450

450

i

605

605

605

605

605

605

Cat. Nos. given in the table are forinside risers. For outside riserssubstitute OOR for OIR.

The standard inside radius forOpal risers is 300.

C

450

450

450

450

450

450

X

450

450

450

450

450

450

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

X,C

i

Y

300

JOGGLE

OOR W 90 300 FINISH

Cat. Nos.

OIR 100 90 300

OIR 150 90 300

OIR 225 90 300

OIR 300 90 300

OIR 450 90 300

OIR 600 90 300

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Finish: For risers with G finish, fasteners arehigh tensile Grade 8.8. For risers withSS finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finish-es, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FBA M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR1.03PAGE 2 OF 4

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

W = width

60° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

For information on the use of X, Y, i and C dimensions,refer to Data Sheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

Weightkg

No. ofRungs

3

3

3

3

3

3

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.8

2.0

WidthW

100

150

225

300

450

600

Cat. Nos. given in the table are forinside risers. For outside riserssubstitute OOR for OIR.

C

313

313

313

313

313

313

i

520

520

520

520

520

520

Y

271

271

271

271

271

271

X

469

469

469

469

469

469

The standard inside radius forOpal risers is 300.

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

C

i

X

Y300

JOGGLE

OIR W 60 300 FINISH

OOR W 60 300 FINISH

Cat. Nos.

OIR 100 60 300

OIR 150 60 300

OIR 225 60 300

OIR 300 60 300

OIR 450 60 300

OIR 600 60 300

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Finish: For risers with G finish, fasteners arehigh tensile Grade 8.8. For risers withS finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FB

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

A M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint. S

WIF

TS

CA

BL

E L

AD

DE

R

LR1.03PAGE 3 OF 4

45° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

W = width

Weightkg

No. ofRungs

2

2

2

2

2

2

0.9

1.0

1.0

1.1

1.4

1.6

WidthW

100

150

225

300

450

600

C

260

260

260

260

260

260

i

463

463

463

463

463

463

Y

183.5

183.5

183.5

183.5

183.5

183.5

X

443

443

443

443

443

443

The standard inside radius forOpal risers is 300.

Cat. Nos. given in the table are forinside risers. For outside riserssubstitute OOR for OIR.

For information on the use of X, Y, i and Cdimensions, refer to Data Sheets LR7.03 andLR7.04.

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

i

Y

C

X

300

JOGGLE

OIR W 45 300 FINISH

OOR W 45 300 FINISH

Cat. Nos.

OIR 100 45 300

OIR 150 45 300

OIR 225 45 300

OIR 300 45 300

OIR 450 45 300

OIR 600 45 300

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

Finish: For risers with G finish, fasteners arehigh tensile Grade 8.8. For risers withS finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on theinstallation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finish-es, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FBA M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

PAGE 4 OF 4

30° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

W = width

LR1.03

Cat. Nos. given in the table are forinside risers. For outside risers substi-tute OOR for OIR.

The standard inside radius forOpal risers is 300.

Weightkg

No. ofRungs

2

2

2

2

2

2

0.8

0.8

0.9

0.9

1.2

1.4

WidthW

100

150

225

300

450

600

X

396

396

396

396

396

396

Y

106

106

106

106

106

106

i

398

398

398

398

398

398

C

212

212

212

212

212

212

For information on the use of X, Y, i and Cdimensions, refer to Data Sheets LR7.03 andLR7.04.

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

C

X

Y

i

300

JOGGLE

OIR W 30 300 FINISH

OOR W 30 300 FINISH

Cat. Nos.

OIR 100 30 300

OIR 150 30 300

OIR 225 30 300

OIR 300 30 300

OIR 450 30 300

OIR 600 30 300

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finish-es, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Finish: For risers with G finish, fasteners arehigh tensile Grade 8.8. For risers withS finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FB

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

A M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint. S

WIF

TS

CA

BL

E L

AD

DE

R

LR1.04PAGE 1 OF 2

W= main run width,K= reduced run width

STRAIGHTREDUCERS

OSR W K FINISH

Weightkg

WidthW

150

300

600

WidthK

100

100150

100150225

100150225300

100150225300450

450

Cat. Nos.

OSR 150 100

OSR 225 100OSR 225 150

OSR 300 100OSR 300 150OSR 300 225

OSR 450 100OSR 450 150OSR 450 225OSR 450 300

OSR 600 100OSR 600 150OSR 600 225OSR 600 300OSR 600 450

Length

400

400400

450450400

450450450450

500500450450450

0.8

0.90.9

1.01.00.9

1.21.21.21.2

1.51.51.41.41.4

225

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Finish: For reducers with G finish, fastenersare high tensile Grade 8.8. For reducerswith S finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For reducers with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finish-es, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

REDUCER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

WIDTHW

WIDTHK

200

LENGTH

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

20°

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FBA M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR1.04PAGE 2 OF 2

OFFSETREDUCERSLH and RH

OLR W K FINISH

ORR W K FINISH

W= main run width,K= reduced run width

Weightkg

WidthW

150

300

600

WidthK

100

100150

100150225

100150225300

100150225300450

450

Cat. Nos.

OLR 150 100

OLR 225 100OLR 225 150

OLR 300 100OLR 300 150OLR 300 225

OLR 450 100OLR 450 150OLR 450 225OLR 450 300

OLR 600 100OLR 600 150OLR 600 225OLR 600 300OLR 600 450

Length

400

450450

450450450

550500500450

600550550500450

0.8

0.90.9

1.01.01.0

1.41.31.31.2

1.71.61.61.51.4

225

Cat. Nos. given in the table are for lefthand reducers. For right hand reducerssubstitute ORR for OLR.

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

WIDTHK

WIDTHW

LEFT HAND REDUCER

LENGTH

200

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finish-es, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Finish: For reducers with G finish, fastenersare high tensile Grade 8.8. For reducerswith S finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For reducers with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

REDUCER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

WIDTHK

WIDTHW

RIGHT HAND REDUCER

LENGTH

200

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

20°

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FB

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

A M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint. S

WIF

TS

CA

BL

E L

AD

DE

R

OT W 300R FINISH

LR1.05PAGE 1 OF 1

EQUAL TEES

W = width

Weightkg

2.5

2.7

3.0

3.3

4.4

5.1

WidthW

100

150

225

300

450

600

Y

509

534

571

609

684

759

X

509

534

571

609

684

759

The standard inside radius for Opal equal tees is 300.

For information onthe use of X and Ydimensions, refer toData Sheet LR7.03.

Y160

160

300

WIDTHW

WIDTHW

X

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Cat. Nos.

OT 100 300R

OT 150 300R

OT 225 300R

OT 300 300R

OT 450 300R

OT 600 300R

Finish: For tees with G finish, fasteners arehigh tensile Grade 8.8. For tees withS finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For tees with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

EQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FB

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

A M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint. S

WIF

TS

CA

BL

E L

AD

DE

R

LR1.06PAGE 1 OF 1

UNEQUALTEES

W = main run width, B = branch width

For information on the use of X and Y dimensions,refer to Data Sheet LR7.03.

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

Weightkg

WidthB

509509509509509

534534534534534

571571571571571

609609609609609

684684684684684

759759759759759

150225300450600

100225300450600

100150300450600

100150225450600

100150225300600

100150225300450

WidthW

534571609684759

509571609684759

509534609684759

509534571684759

509534571609759

509534571609684

2.62.82.93.33.6

2.62.93.03.43.7

2.72.83.13.63.9

3.03.13.23.94.2

3.43.53.63.84.7

3.73.84.04.14.8

X Y

100

150

225

300

450

600

The standard inside radius for Opal unequal tees is 300.

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Cat. Nos.

OUT 100 150 300ROUT 100 225 300ROUT 100 300 300ROUT 100 450 300ROUT 100 600 300R

OUT 150 100 300ROUT 150 225 300ROUT 150 300 300ROUT 150 450 300ROUT 150 600 300R

OUT 225 100 300ROUT 225 150 300ROUT 225 300 300ROUT 225 450 300ROUT 225 600 300R

OUT 300 100 300ROUT 300 150 300ROUT 300 225 300ROUT 300 450 300ROUT 300 600 300R

OUT 450 100 300ROUT 450 150 300ROUT 450 225 300ROUT 450 300 300ROUT 450 600 300R

OUT 600 100 300ROUT 600 150 300ROUT 600 225 300ROUT 600 300 300ROUT 600 450 300R

OUT W B 300R FINISH

Finish: For tees with G finish, fasteners arehigh tensile Grade 8.8. For tees withS finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For tees with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are inmillimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hotdip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other fin-ishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

Y

160

160300

WIDTHW

WIDTHB

X

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

OPAL

Cat. Nos.

A C D B E FB

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

A M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side rail

D Joggle endE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nut

COUPLING DETAIL:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

Note: When bolting cut ends where the joggleend has been removed use coupler OC.Refer to Data Sheet LR6.01.

FASTENERSFour fastenersper joint. S

WIF

TS

CA

BL

E L

AD

DE

R

100

15

14JOGGLEENDDETAIL 16.7 33.3

46

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

LR1.07

4-WAYCROSSPIECES

W = width

PAGE 1 OF 1

Weightkg

3.5

3.7

4.2

4.7

5.8

6.7

Y

509

534

571

609

684

759

WidthW

100

150

225

300

450

600

The standard inside radius for Opal 4-waycrosspieces is 300.

X

509

534

571

609

684

759

Y160

160

300

WIDTHW

WIDTHW

X

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

JOGGLE

For information onthe use of X and Ydimensions, refer toData Sheet LR7.03.

16.733.3

1750

ENDDETAIL

THREE 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

OX W 300R FINISH

Cat. Nos.

OX 100 300R

OX 150 300R

OX 225 300R

OX 300 300R

OX 450 300R

OX 600 300R

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Finish: For crosspieces with G finish,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For crosspieces with S finish,fasteners are corrosion resistantstainless Grade A470.For crosspieces with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

CROSSPIECE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH BOLTING

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

For cable load capacitysee loading graphs.

ACTUALSIZE

PAGE 1 OF 1

STRAIGHTLENGTHS

W = width

ZL W FINISH

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are inmillimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms(kg) and are for a 3m straight lengthin a hot dip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriatecomponent weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by thefollowing factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Weightkg

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

12.1

13.4

14.6

16.9

20.3

22.2

Cat. Nos.

ZL 150

ZL 300

ZL 450

ZL 600

ZL 750

ZL 900

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

LR2.01

3000

150 300RUNGPITCH

37.519W - 4

W + 40

22

25

501.5

THICK69

100

INTERNAL WIDTH

Ø7.5 DRAIN HOLESAT 300 CENTRES

22 x 11 BOLT SLOTSAT 37.5 PITCH

Ø7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLESAT 75 PITCH

TYPE 1 RUNG

Type 1 rungs are used as standard. Fordetails of these, and other available rungoptions, refer to Data Sheet LR7.01.

STRAIGHT LENGTH TO STRAIGHT LENGTHCOUPLER BOLTING

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Also refer toData SheetLR6.01.

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For ladders with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

END DETAIL

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

90°FLAT BENDS

ZFB W 90 RAD FINISH

W = width

PAGE 1 OF 4

LR2.02

Weightkg

Cat. Nos.

ZFB 150 90 300ZFB 150 90 450ZFB 150 90 600ZFB 150 90 750ZFB 150 90 900

ZFB 300 90 300ZFB 300 90 450ZFB 300 90 600ZFB 300 90 750ZFB 300 90 900

ZFB 450 90 300ZFB 450 90 450ZFB 450 90 600ZFB 450 90 750ZFB 450 90 900

ZFB 600 90 300ZFB 600 90 450ZFB 600 90 600ZFB 600 90 750ZFB 600 90 900

ZFB 750 90 300ZFB 750 90 450ZFB 750 90 600ZFB 750 90 750ZFB 750 90 900

ZFB 900 90 300ZFB 900 90 450ZFB 900 90 600ZFB 900 90 750ZFB 900 90 900

No. ofRungs

33444

33445

34455

44555

45556

55566

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

X Y i C

3.74.75.76.77.6

4.65.56.77.68.8

5.46.77.79.09.9

7.18.19.6

10.611.5

9.010.911.812.814.6

11.312.313.215.316.2

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

Finish: For bends with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For bends with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For bends with E finish, the fasteners areGrade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

X

80

i

80

C

WIDTH

Y

RADIUS

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

END DETAIL

X

80

i

80RADIUS

C

WIDTH

Y

60°FLAT BENDS

ZFB W 60 RAD FINISH

W = width

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

Weightkg

Cat. Nos.

ZFB 150 60 300ZFB 150 60 450ZFB 150 60 600ZFB 150 60 750ZFB 150 60 900

ZFB 300 60 300ZFB 300 60 450ZFB 300 60 600ZFB 300 60 750ZFB 300 60 900

ZFB 450 60 300ZFB 450 60 450ZFB 450 60 600ZFB 450 60 750ZFB 450 60 900

ZFB 600 60 300ZFB 600 60 450ZFB 600 60 600ZFB 600 60 750ZFB 600 60 900

ZFB 750 60 300ZFB 750 60 450ZFB 750 60 600ZFB 750 60 750ZFB 750 60 900

ZFB 900 60 300ZFB 900 60 450ZFB 900 60 600ZFB 900 60 750ZFB 900 60 900

Y

256331406481556

294369444519594

331406481556631

368443518593668

406481556631706

443518593668743

i

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

C

296382469555642

339426512599685

382469555642728

426512599685772

469555642729815

512598685772858

No. ofRungs

23333

33334

33344

33444

34444

44445

X

443573703833963

508638768898

1028

573703833963

1093

638768898

10281158

703833963

10931222

768898

102811571287

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

2.83.64.24.85.5

3.64.24.95.56.4

4.34.95.66.67.2

5.35.97.17.88.4

6.68.28.89.5

10.1

8.69.39.9

10.512.3

LR2.02PAGE 2 OF 4

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

Finish: For bends with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For bends with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For bends with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

X

80

i

80

RADIUS

C

WIDTH

Y

END DETAIL

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

LR2.02PAGE 3 OF 4

W = width

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Weightkg

Cat. Nos.

ZFB 150 45 300ZFB 150 45 450ZFB 150 45 600ZFB 150 45 750ZFB 150 45 900

ZFB 300 45 300ZFB 300 45 450ZFB 300 45 600ZFB 300 45 750ZFB 300 45 900

ZFB 450 45 300ZFB 450 45 450ZFB 450 45 600ZFB 450 45 750ZFB 450 45 900

ZFB 600 45 300ZFB 600 45 450ZFB 600 45 600ZFB 600 45 750ZFB 600 45 900

ZFB 750 45 300ZFB 750 45 450ZFB 750 45 600ZFB 750 45 750ZFB 750 45 900

ZFB 900 45 300ZFB 900 45 450ZFB 900 45 600ZFB 900 45 750ZFB 900 45 900

166210254298342

188232276320364

210254298342385

232276320364407

254298342385429

276320364407451

235297359421483

266328390452514

297359421483545

328390452514576

359421483545607

390452514576638

No. ofRungs

22233

22333

23333

33333

33334

33344

400506612719825

453559665772878

506612719825931

559665772878984

612719825931

1037

665772878984

1090

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

CiYX

377492607722837

377492607722837

377492607722837

377492607722837

377492607722837

377492607722837

2.42.93.44.04.4

2.93.44.14.65.0

3.44.24.75.25.6

4.75.15.66.16.6

5.96.46.97.48.8

6.77.27.79.39.7

45°FLAT BENDS

ZFB W 45 RAD FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

Finish: For bends with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For bends with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For bends with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

W = width

END DETAIL

X

80

i

80

RADIUS

C

WIDTHY

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

30°FLAT BENDS

2.02.32.73.03.3

2.42.73.13.43.7

2.83.13.53.84.5

3.43.84.15.05.3

4.34.65.96.26.5

4.86.36.66.97.2

Weightkg

Cat. Nos.

ZFB 150 30 300ZFB 150 30 450ZFB 150 30 600ZFB 150 30 750ZFB 150 30 900

ZFB 300 30 300ZFB 300 30 450ZFB 300 30 600ZFB 300 30 750ZFB 300 30 900

ZFB 450 30 300ZFB 450 30 450ZFB 450 30 600ZFB 450 30 750ZFB 450 30 900

ZFB 600 30 300ZFB 600 30 450ZFB 600 30 600ZFB 600 30 750ZFB 600 30 900

ZFB 750 30 300ZFB 750 30 450ZFB 750 30 600ZFB 750 30 750ZFB 750 30 900

ZFB 900 30 300ZFB 900 30 450ZFB 900 30 600ZFB 900 30 750ZFB 900 30 900

90110130150170

100120140160180

110130150170190

120140160180201

130150170190211

140160180201221

310387465543620

310387465543620

310387465543620

310387465543620

310387465543620

310387465543620

180220260301341

200240280321361

220260301341381

240281321361401

260301341381421

281321361401441

No. ofRungs

22222

22222

22223

22233

22333

23333

336411486561636

373448523598673

411486561636711

448523598673748

486561636711786

523598673748823

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

CiYX

PAGE 4 OF 4

LR2.02

ZFB W 30 RAD FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

Finish: For bends with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. Forbends with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For bends with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR2.03PAGE 1 OF 4

90° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

ZIR W 90 RAD FINISH

ZOR W 90 RAD FINISH

W = width

NOMINALRADIUS

X,C

YR300

R450

3 sidesegments

END DETAIL

i

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table arefor inside risers. For outsiderisers substitute ZOR for ZIR.

350500650800950

350500650800950

350500650800950

350500650800950

350500650800950

350500650800950

Weightkg

350500650800950

350500650800950

350500650800950

350500650800950

350500650800950

350500650800950

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

350500650800950

350500650800950

350500650800950

350500650800950

350500650800950

350500650800950

No. ofRungs

33444

33444

33444

33444

33444

33444

3.14.15.16.07.0

3.54.55.66.57.5

3.84.86.07.08.0

4.55.57.07.98.9

5.56.58.39.3

10.3

6.17.19.1

10.111.0

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

Cat. Nos.

ZIR 150 90 300ZIR 150 90 450ZIR 150 90 600ZIR 150 90 750ZIR 150 90 900

ZIR 300 90 300ZIR 300 90 450ZIR 300 90 600ZIR 300 90 750ZIR 300 90 900

ZIR 450 90 300ZIR 450 90 450ZIR 450 90 600ZIR 450 90 750ZIR 450 90 900

ZIR 600 90 300ZIR 600 90 450ZIR 600 90 600ZIR 600 90 750ZIR 600 90 900

ZIR 750 90 300ZIR 750 90 450ZIR 750 90 600ZIR 750 90 750ZIR 750 90 900

ZIR 900 90 300ZIR 900 90 450ZIR 900 90 600ZIR 900 90 750ZIR 900 90 900

CiYX

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can beinserted.

Finish: For risers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For risers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may be

required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Office forguidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

X,C

NOMINALRADIUS

R600

R750

R900

Y

4 sidesegments

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

R300

R450

R900

NOMINALRADIUS

R600

R750

CX

Y

i

Z.2015-60RISER-i

END DETAIL

For information on the use of X, Y, i and C dimensions,refer to Data Sheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table arefor inside risers.For outside risers substituteZOR for ZIR.

LR2.03

60° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

PAGE 2 OF 4

Weightkg

175250325400475

175250325400475

175250325400475

175250325400475

175250325400475

175250325400475

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

202289375462548

202289375462548

202289375462548

202289375462548

202289375462548

202289375462548

No. ofRungs

33333

33333

33333

33333

33333

33333

303433563693823

303433563693823

303433563693823

303433563693823

303433563693823

303433563693823

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

Cat. Nos.

ZIR 150 60 300ZIR 150 60 450ZIR 150 60 600ZIR 150 60 750ZIR 150 60 900

ZIR 300 60 300ZIR 300 60 450ZIR 300 60 600ZIR 300 60 750ZIR 300 60 900

ZIR 450 60 300ZIR 450 60 450ZIR 450 60 600ZIR 450 60 750ZIR 450 60 900

ZIR 600 60 300ZIR 600 60 450ZIR 600 60 600ZIR 600 60 750ZIR 600 60 900

ZIR 750 60 300ZIR 750 60 450ZIR 750 60 600ZIR 750 60 750ZIR 750 60 900

ZIR 900 60 300ZIR 900 60 450ZIR 900 60 600ZIR 900 60 750ZIR 900 60 900

2.22.93.54.24.8

2.63.23.94.55.2

3.03.64.34.95.5

3.64.34.95.66.2

4.75.36.06.67.3

5.25.96.57.27.8

CiYXW = width

ZOR W 60 RAD FINISH

ZIR W 60 RAD FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

Finish: For risers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For risers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR2.03PAGE 3 OF 4

45° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

ZIR W 45 RAD FINISH

ZOR W 45 RAD FINISH

W = width

C

R750

R900

Y

R600

NOMINALRADIUS

X

3 sidesegments

YR300

R450

NOMINALRADIUS

C

X

2 sidesegments

END DETAIL

i

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table arefor inside risers.For outside risers substituteZOR for ZIR.

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

Weightkg

103146190234278

103146190234278

103146190234278

103146190234278

103146190234278

103146190234278

145207269331394

145207269331394

145207269331394

145207269331394

145207269331394

145207269331394

No. ofRungs

22333

22333

22333

22333

22333

22333

247354460566672

247354460566672

247354460566672

247354460566672

247354460566672

247354460566672

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

Cat. Nos.

ZIR 150 45 300ZIR 150 45 450ZIR 150 45 600ZIR 150 45 750ZIR 150 45 900

ZIR 300 45 300ZIR 300 45 450ZIR 300 45 600ZIR 300 45 750ZIR 300 45 900

ZIR 450 45 300ZIR 450 45 450ZIR 450 45 600ZIR 450 45 750ZIR 450 45 900

ZIR 600 45 300ZIR 600 45 450ZIR 600 45 600ZIR 600 45 750ZIR 600 45 900

ZIR 750 45 300ZIR 750 45 450ZIR 750 45 600ZIR 750 45 750ZIR 750 45 900

ZIR 900 45 300ZIR 900 45 450ZIR 900 45 600ZIR 900 45 750ZIR 900 45 900

CiYX

230344459574689

230344459574689

230344459574689

230344459574689

230344459574689

230344459574689

1.82.32.83.33.8

2.02.53.23.64.1

2.22.73.54.04.5

2.73.24.24.75.2

3.43.95.25.76.2

3.84.35.86.36.8

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

Finish: For risers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For risers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may be

required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Office forguidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

R900

NOMINALRADIUS

R600

R750

CX

Y

R300

R450

END DETAIL

i

For information on the use of X, Y, i and C dimensions,refer to Data Sheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table are forinside risers.For outside risers substituteZOR for ZIR.

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

LR2.03PAGE 4 OF 4

30° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

175250325400475

175250325400475

175250325400475

175250325400475

175250325400475

175250325400475

Weightkg

155233311388466

155233311388466

155233311388466

155233311388466

155233311388466

155233311388466

94134174214255

94134174214255

94134174214255

94134174214255

94134174214255

94134174214255

No. ofRungs

22222

22222

22222

22222

22222

22222

1.31.72.02.32.6

1.61.92.22.62.9

1.82.22.52.83.1

2.32.62.93.33.6

3.03.33.63.94.3

3.43.74.04.34.6

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

Cat. Nos.

ZIR 150 30 300ZIR 150 30 450ZIR 150 30 600ZIR 150 30 750ZIR 150 30 900

ZIR 300 30 300ZIR 300 30 450ZIR 300 30 600ZIR 300 30 750ZIR 300 30 900

ZIR 450 30 300ZIR 450 30 450ZIR 450 30 600ZIR 450 30 750ZIR 450 30 900

ZIR 600 30 300ZIR 600 30 450ZIR 600 30 600ZIR 600 30 750ZIR 600 30 900

ZIR 750 30 300ZIR 750 30 450ZIR 750 30 600ZIR 750 30 750ZIR 750 30 900

ZIR 900 30 300ZIR 900 30 450ZIR 900 30 600ZIR 900 30 750ZIR 900 30 900

476787

107127

476787

107127

476787

107127

476787

107127

476787

107127

476787

107127

CiYXW = width

ZOR W 30 RAD FINISH

ZIR W 30 RAD FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

Finish: For risers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For risers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may be

required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Office forguidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR2.04PAGE 1 OF 2

STRAIGHTREDUCERS

END DETAIL

Weightkg

WidthK

150

150300

150300450

150300450600

150300450600750

450

750

WidthW

300

600

900

Cat. Nos.

ZSR 300 150

ZSR 450 150ZSR 450 300

ZSR 600 150ZSR 600 300ZSR 600 450

ZSR 750 150ZSR 750 300ZSR 750 450ZSR 750 600

ZSR 900 150ZSR 900 300ZSR 900 450ZSR 900 600ZSR 900 750

2.5

2.92.8

3.53.23.1

4.14.03.73.7

4.74.44.34.14.2

Length

450

450450

500450450

500500450450

550500500450450

W=main run width, K=reduced run width

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

ZSR W K FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

REDUCER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

Finish: For reducers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For reducers with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For reducers with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

WIDTHW

WIDTHK

200

LENGTH

20°

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

ZLR W K FINISH

ZRR W K FINISH

LR2.04

END DETAIL

PAGE 2 OF 2

OFFSETREDUCERSLH and RH

Weightkg

WidthK

150

150300

150300450

150300450600

150300450600750

450

750

WidthW

300

600

900

Cat. Nos.

ZLR 300 150

ZLR 450 150ZLR 450 300

ZLR 600 150ZLR 600 300ZLR 600 450

ZLR 750 150ZLR 750 300ZLR 750 450ZLR 750 600

ZLR 900 150ZLR 900 300ZLR 900 450ZLR 900 600ZLR 900 750

Length

450

500450

550500450

600550500450

650600550500450

2.7

3.22.9

3.93.63.3

4.64.34.03.9

5.24.94.64.54.4

W= main run width,K= reduced run width

Cat. Nos. given in the table are for left handreducers. For right hand reducers substituteZRR for ZLR.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

REDUCER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

Finish: For reducers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For reducers with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For reducers with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

WIDTHK

WIDTHW

LEFT HAND REDUCER

LENGTH

200

20°

WIDTHK

WIDTHW

RIGHT HAND REDUCER

LENGTH

200

20°

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

LR2.05PAGE 1 OF 1

EQUAL TEES

W = width

Y80

80

RADIUS

i

WIDTHW

WIDTHW

X

A A

A

END DETAILQuantity and spacing of rungs varies with radiusand width. Nominal pitch = 300. Additional rungs (A)are fitted on tees of 600 radius and above.

For information on the use ofX, Y and i dimensions, referto Data Sheets LR7.03 andLR7.04.

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions givenare in millimetres (mm).

Weightkg

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750(1)

900(1)

Y

454604754904

1054

529679829979

1129

604754904

10541204

679829979

11291279

754904

105412041354

829979

112912791429

X

454604754904

1054

529679829979

1129

604754904

10541204

679829979

11291279

754904

105412041354

829979

112912791429

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

5.87.59.8

11.913.8

7.09.0

11.613.916.2

8.410.714.416.319.0

11.013.717.120.021.9

13.116.020.922.829.0

15.919.123.329.832.2

Cat. Nos.

ZT 150 300RZT 150 450RZT 150 600RZT 150 750RZT 150 900R

ZT 300 300RZT 300 450RZT 300 600RZT 300 750RZT 300 900R

ZT 450 300RZT 450 450RZT 450 600RZT 450 750RZT 450 900R

ZT 600 300RZT 600 450RZT 600 600RZT 600 750RZT 600 900R

ZT 750 300RZT 750 450RZT 750 600RZT 750 750RZT 750 900R

ZT 900 300RZT 900 450RZT 900 600RZT 900 750RZT 900 900R

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

ZT W RADR FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For tees with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

EQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

(1) Supplied in 2 parts for assembly on site

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Quantity and spacing of rungs varies withradius and width, nominal pitch = 300.

Additional rungs (A) are fitted on tees of600 radius and above.

For information on the use of X, Y, and idimensions, refer to Data Sheets LR7.03and LR7.04.

END DETAIL

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

LR2.06PAGE 1 OF 4

UNEQUALTEES

Weightkg

Y

453603753903

1053

453603753903

1053

453603753903

1053

453603753903

1053

453603753903

1053

X

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

WidthB

300

450

600

750

900

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

6.58.4

10.712.714.9

7.29.1

11.813.615.7

8.110.112.814.916.8

8.910.914.115.918.1

9.811.814.917.119.0

WidthW

150

B = branch width

Cat. Nos.

ZUT 150 300 300RZUT 150 300 450RZUT 150 300 600RZUT 150 300 750RZUT 150 300 900R

ZUT 150 450 300RZUT 150 450 450RZUT 150 450 600RZUT 150 450 750RZUT 150 450 900R

ZUT 150 600 300RZUT 150 600 450RZUT 150 600 600RZUT 150 600 750RZUT 150 600 900R

ZUT 150 750 300RZUT 150 750 450RZUT 150 750 600RZUT 150 750 750RZUT 150 750 900R

ZUT 150 900 300RZUT 150 900 450RZUT 150 900 600RZUT 150 900 750RZUT 150 900 900R

ZUT 150 B RADR FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For tees with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

Y

80

80RADIUS

i

X

A

A

A

WIDTHW

WIDTHB

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

B = branch width

LR2.06PAGE 2 OF 4

UNEQUALTEES

Weightkg

WidthW

300

450

Y

528678828978

1128

528678828978

1128

528678828978

1128

528678828978

1128

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

603753903

10531203

603753903

10531203

603753903

10531203

603753903

10531203

X

453603753903

1053

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

WidthB

150

450

600

750

900

150

300

600

750

900

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

6.38.0

10.713.015.0

7.79.8

12.914.717.1

8.710.813.916.218.1

9.511.615.417.319.7

10.512.616.218.620.5

7.08.7

12.014.616.6

7.69.9

12.915.518.2

9.611.915.518.220.1

10.412.817.319.222.0

11.614.018.120.922.8

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Cat. Nos.

ZUT 300 150 300RZUT 300 150 450RZUT 300 150 600RZUT 300 150 750RZUT 300 150 900R

ZUT 300 450 300RZUT 300 450 450RZUT 300 450 600RZUT 300 450 750RZUT 300 450 900R

ZUT 300 600 300RZUT 300 600 450RZUT 300 600 600RZUT 300 600 750RZUT 300 600 900R

ZUT 300 750 300RZUT 300 750 450RZUT 300 750 600RZUT 300 750 750RZUT 300 750 900R

ZUT 300 900 300RZUT 300 900 450RZUT 300 900 600RZUT 300 900 750RZUT 300 900 900R

ZUT 450 150 300RZUT 450 150 450RZUT 450 150 600RZUT 450 150 750RZUT 450 150 900R

ZUT 450 300 300RZUT 450 300 450RZUT 450 300 600RZUT 450 300 750RZUT 450 300 900R

ZUT 450 600 300RZUT 450 600 450RZUT 450 600 600RZUT 450 600 750RZUT 450 600 900R

ZUT 450 750 300RZUT 450 750 450RZUT 450 750 600RZUT 450 750 750RZUT 450 750 900R

ZUT 450 900 300RZUT 450 900 450RZUT 450 900 600RZUT 450 900 750RZUT 450 900 900R

ZUT 300 B RADR FINISH

ZUT 450 B RADR FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For tees with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

END DETAIL

Quantity and spacing of rungs varies withradius and width, nominal pitch = 300.

Additional rungs (A) are fitted on tees of600 radius and above.

For information on the use of X, Y, and idimensions, refer to Data Sheets LR7.03and LR7.04.

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

LR2.06PAGE 3 OF 4

UNEQUALTEES

WidthB

150

300

450

750

900

8.19.8

13.516.218.3

8.711.414.317.120.1

9.512.116.118.020.9

11.814.619.121.024.0

13.316.120.022.924.9

Weightkg

Y

678828978

11281278

678828978

11281278

678828978

11281278

678828978

11281278

678828978

11281278

X

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

WidthW

600

Cat. Nos.

ZUT 600 150 300RZUT 600 150 450RZUT 600 150 600RZUT 600 150 750RZUT 600 150 900R

ZUT 600 300 300RZUT 600 300 450RZUT 600 300 600RZUT 600 300 750RZUT 600 300 900R

ZUT 600 450 300RZUT 600 450 450RZUT 600 450 600RZUT 600 450 750RZUT 600 450 900R

ZUT 600 750 300RZUT 600 750 450RZUT 600 750 600RZUT 600 750 750RZUT 600 750 900R

ZUT 600 900 300RZUT 600 900 450RZUT 600 900 600RZUT 600 900 750RZUT 600 900 900R

ZUT 600 B RADR FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

B = branch width

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. Fortees with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

Y

80

80RADIUS

i

X

A

A

A

WIDTHW

WIDTHB

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR2.06PAGE 4 OF 4

UNEQUALTEES

B = branch width

WidthW

750

900

(For illustration see previous page).

Weightkg

Y

753903

105312031353

753903

105312031353

753903

105312031353

753903

105312031353

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

828978

112812781386

828978

112812781428

828978

112812781428

828978

112812781428

X

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

828978

112812781428

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

WidthB

150

300

450

600

900

150

300

450

600

750

Rad

300450600750900(1)

300450600750900(1)

300450600750900(1)

300450600750900(1)

300450600750900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

Cat. Nos.

ZUT 750 150 300RZUT 750 150 450RZUT 750 150 600RZUT 750 150 750RZUT 750 150 900R

ZUT 750 300 300RZUT 750 300 450RZUT 750 300 600RZUT 750 300 750RZUT 750 300 900R

ZUT 750 450 300RZUT 750 450 450RZUT 750 450 600RZUT 750 450 750RZUT 750 450 900R

ZUT 750 600 300RZUT 750 600 450RZUT 750 600 600RZUT 750 600 750RZUT 750 600 900R

ZUT 750 900 300RZUT 750 900 450RZUT 750 900 600RZUT 750 900 750RZUT 750 900 900R

ZUT 900 150 300RZUT 900 150 450RZUT 900 150 600RZUT 900 150 750RZUT 900 150 900R

ZUT 900 300 300RZUT 900 300 450RZUT 900 300 600RZUT 900 300 750RZUT 900 300 900R

ZUT 900 450 300RZUT 900 450 450RZUT 900 450 600RZUT 900 450 750RZUT 900 450 900R

ZUT 900 600 300RZUT 900 600 450RZUT 900 600 600RZUT 900 600 750RZUT 900 600 900R

ZUT 900 750 300RZUT 900 750 450RZUT 900 750 600RZUT 900 750 750RZUT 900 750 900R

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

9.210.914.917.923.7

9.812.615.818.824.3

10.513.417.719.627.5

12.315.218.821.828.3

14.817.721.824.930.2

9.911.616.023.025.3

10.513.516.923.726.0

11.314.319.024.429.5

13.216.320.127.930.3

14.017.122.428.631.0

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions givenare in millimetres (mm).

ZUT 750 B RADR FINISH

ZUT 900 B RADR FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For tees with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

(1) Supplied in 2 parts for assembly on site

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A B C D E FA M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTSFOR ONE PIECE UNITS

Y80

80

RADIUS

i

WIDTHW

WIDTHW

X

A A

A

A

A A

A

A

END DETAIL

Additional rungs (A) are fittedto large radius crosspieces.

For information on the use ofX, Y and i dimensions, referto Data Sheets LR7.03 andLR7.04.

Weightkg

i

537750962

537750

537750

537

537

Rad

300450600

300450

300450

300

300

Y

454604754

529679

604754

679

754

X

454604754

529679

604754

679

754

7.810.213.6

9.412.1

11.214.5

14.0

16.9

Cat. Nos.

ZX 150 300RZX 150 450RZX 150 600R

ZX 300 300RZX 300 450R

ZX 450 300RZX 450 450R

ZX 600 300R

ZX 750 300R

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

LR2.07PAGE 1 OF 2

4-WAYCROSSPIECES

W = width

ZX W RADR FINISH

Crosspieces in larger width/radius combinations are supplied in two identicalhalves for on-site assembly. Information on dimensions and weights, together withassembly details, are given overleaf.

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

CROSSPIECE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTINGNote: When bolting to cut ends adjust coupler

position to ensure 2 bolts can be inserted.

Finish: For crosspieces with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For crosspieces with S finish,fasteners are corrosion resistantstainless Grade A470. For crosspieceswith E finish, the fasteners are Grade8.8 hot dip galvanised. An alternativematerial for fasteners may be requireddepending on the installation environment- contact our Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR2.07PAGE 2 OF 2

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTSFOR TWO PIECE UNITS

For information on the use of X, Y andi dimensions, refer to Data SheetsLR7.03 and LR7.04.

80

80

RADIUS

i

WIDTHW

X

Y

A

Y

END DETAIL

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONS All dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

4-WAYCROSSPIECES

W = width

ZX W RADR FINISH

10730 49 23 19 50

90 5020

5010

0CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 X 13

2 HOLES 11 X 11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

5

ASSEMBLY DETAIL FORTWO PIECE UNITS - detail A(Fasteners included):

A B C DC

A M6 nutB Shakeproof washerC Flat washer

- roofing washers for /G and /D- form A for /S

D M6x16 set screw

Finish: For crosspieces with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For crosspieces with S finish,fasteners are corrosion resistantstainless Grade A470. For crosspieceswith E finish, the fasteners are Grade8.8 hot dip galvanised. An alternativematerial for fasteners may be requireddepending on the installation environment- contact our Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Weightkg

i

11741386

96211741386

96211741386

750962

11741386

750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

Rad

750900

600750900

600750900

450600750900

450600750900

300450600750900

Y

9041054

829979

1129

90410541204

829979

11291279

904105412041354

829979

112912791429

X

9041054

829979

1129

90410541204

829979

11291279

904105412041354

829979

112912791429

20.824.5

15.923.327.3

22.325.729.8

16.625.129.333.5

22.029.432.937.6

19.025.732.137.242.5

Cat. Nos.

ZX 150 750RZX 150 900R

ZX 300 600RZX 300 750RZX 300 900R

ZX 450 600RZX 450 750RZX 450 900R

ZX 600 450RZX 600 600RZX 600 750RZX 600 900R

ZX 750 450RZX 750 600RZX 750 750RZX 750 900R

ZX 900 300RZX 900 450RZX 900 600RZX 900 750RZX 900 900R

WidthW

150

300

900

450

600

750

Assembly detail for two pieceunits - detail A, see below.

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRESTRAIGHTLENGTHS

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Also refer toData SheetLR6.01.

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 8 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

ACTUALSIZE

For cable load capacity seeloading graphs.

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

13.8

15.0

16.3

18.5

22.0

23.9

PL 150

PL 300

PL 450

PL 600

PL 750

PL 900

Weightkg

Cat. Nos.

LR3.01PAGE 1 OF 1

W = width

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are inmillimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms(kg) and are for a 3m straightlength in a hot dip galvanised Gfinish.

To obtain the appropriatecomponent weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weightby the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

PL W FINISH 6mPL W FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Type 1 rungs are used as standard. Fordetails of these, and other available rungoptions, refer to Data Sheet LR7.01.

1.5STRAIGHT LENGTH TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For ladders with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRE

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR3.02PAGE 1 OF 4

90°FLAT BENDS

W = width

X

80

i

80

C

WIDTH

Y

RADIUS

END DETAIL

For information on the use of X, Y, i andC dimensions, refer to Data SheetsLR7.03 and LR7.04.

Weightkg

Cat. Nos.

PFB 150 90 300PFB 150 90 450PFB 150 90 600PFB 150 90 750PFB 150 90 900

PFB 300 90 300PFB 300 90 450PFB 300 90 600PFB 300 90 750PFB 300 90 900

PFB 450 90 300PFB 450 90 450PFB 450 90 600PFB 450 90 750PFB 450 90 900

PFB 600 90 300PFB 600 90 450PFB 600 90 600PFB 600 90 750PFB 600 90 900

PFB 750 90 300PFB 750 90 450PFB 750 90 600PFB 750 90 750PFB 750 90 900

PFB 900 90 300PFB 900 90 450PFB 900 90 600PFB 900 90 750PFB 900 90 900

Y

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

C

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

No. ofRungs

33444

33445

34455

44555

45556

55566

X

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

PFB W 90 RAD FINISH

4.35.46.67.78.8

5.26.37.78.8

10.1

6.17.68.7

10.211.3

8.09.1

10.811.812.9

9.911.913.014.116.1

12.313.414.516.717.8

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For bends with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. Forbends with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For bends with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRE

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

END DETAIL

80

80RADIUS

C

WIDTH

Y

iX

For information on the use of X, Y, i andC dimensions, refer to Data SheetsLR7.03 and LR7.04.

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

X

443573703833963

508638768898

1028

573703833963

1093

638768898

10281157

703833963

10931222

768898

102811571287

Weightkg

Cat. Nos.

PFB 150 60 300PFB 150 60 450PFB 150 60 600PFB 150 60 750PFB 150 60 900

PFB 300 60 300PFB 300 60 450PFB 300 60 600PFB 300 60 750PFB 300 60 900

PFB 450 60 300PFB 450 60 450PFB 450 60 600PFB 450 60 750PFB 450 60 900

PFB 600 60 300PFB 600 60 450PFB 600 60 600PFB 600 60 750PFB 600 60 900

PFB 750 60 300PFB 750 60 450PFB 750 60 600PFB 750 60 750PFB 750 60 900

PFB 900 60 300PFB 900 60 450PFB 900 60 600PFB 900 60 750PFB 900 60 900

Y

256331406481556

294369444519594

331406481556631

368443518593668

406481556631706

443518593668743

i

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

C

296382469555642

339426512599685

382469555642728

426512599685772

469555642729815

512598685772858

No. ofRungs

23333

33334

33344

33444

34444

44445

3.34.14.95.66.3

4.14.95.66.37.3

4.95.66.37.48.2

5.96.78.08.79.4

7.39.09.7

10.411.2

9.410.110.811.613.4

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

LR3.02

60°FLAT BENDS

W = width

PAGE 2 OF 4

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

PFB W 60 RAD FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For bends with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For bends with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For bends with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRE

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Weightkg

Cat. Nos.

PFB 150 45 300PFB 150 45 450PFB 150 45 600PFB 150 45 750PFB 150 45 900

PFB 300 45 300PFB 300 45 450PFB 300 45 600PFB 300 45 750PFB 300 45 900

PFB 450 45 300PFB 450 45 450PFB 450 45 600PFB 450 45 750PFB 450 45 900

PFB 600 45 300PFB 600 45 450PFB 600 45 600PFB 600 45 750PFB 600 45 900

PFB 750 45 300PFB 750 45 450PFB 750 45 600PFB 750 45 750PFB 750 45 900

PFB 900 45 300PFB 900 45 450PFB 900 45 600PFB 900 45 750PFB 900 45 900

Y

166210254298342

188232276320364

210254298342385

232276320364407

254298342385429

276320364407451

i

377492607722837

377492607722837

377492607722837

377492607722837

377492607722837

377492607722837

C

235297359421483

266328390452514

297359421483545

328390452514576

359421483545607

390452514576638

No. ofRungs

22233

22333

23333

33333

33334

33344

X

400506612719825

453559665772878

506612719825931

559665772878984

612719825931

1037

665772878984

1090

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

X

80

i

80

RADIUS

C

WIDTH

Y

END DETAIL

For information on the use of X, Y, i andC dimensions, refer to Data SheetsLR7.03 and LR7.04.

LR3.02

45°FLAT BENDS

W = width

PAGE 3 OF 4

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

2.83.43.94.65.1

3.43.94.75.25.8

3.94.85.35.96.4

5.25.76.36.87.4

6.57.07.68.19.6

7.37.98.4

10.110.6

PFB W 45 RAD FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For bends with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For bends with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For bends with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRE

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

END DETAIL

For information on the use of X, Y, i andC dimensions, refer to Data SheetsLR7.03 and LR7.04.

X

80

i

80

RADIUS

C

WIDTHY

Weightkg

Cat. Nos.

PFB 150 30 300PFB 150 30 450PFB 150 30 600PFB 150 30 750PFB 150 30 900

PFB 300 30 300PFB 300 30 450PFB 300 30 600PFB 300 30 750PFB 300 30 900

PFB 450 30 300PFB 450 30 450PFB 450 30 600PFB 450 30 750PFB 450 30 900

PFB 600 30 300PFB 600 30 450PFB 600 30 600PFB 600 30 750PFB 600 30 900

PFB 750 30 300PFB 750 30 450PFB 750 30 600PFB 750 30 750PFB 750 30 900

PFB 900 30 300PFB 900 30 450PFB 900 30 600PFB 900 30 750PFB 900 30 900

Y

90110130150170

100120140160180

110130150170190

120140160180201

130150170190211

140160180201221

i

310387465543620

310387465543620

310387465543620

310387465543620

310387465543620

310387465543620

C

180220260301341

200240280321361

220260301341381

240280321361401

260301341381421

280321361401441

No. ofRungs

22222

22223

22233

22333

23333

33333

X

336411486561636

373448523598673

411486561636711

448523598673748

486561636711786

523598673748823

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

LR3.02PAGE 4 OF 4

30°FLAT BENDS

W = width

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

2.42.83.13.53.8

2.83.23.53.94.3

3.23.64.04.35.1

3.94.24.65.65.9

4.75.16.46.87.1

5.36.87.27.57.9

PFB W 30 RAD FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For bends with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For bends with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainlessGrade A470. For bends with E finish,the fasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment -contact our Sales Office for guidance.

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRE

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

X,C

NOMINALRADIUS

R600

R750

R900

Y

4 sidesegmen ts

END DETAIL

NOMINALRADIUS

X,C

Y

R300

R450

3 sidesegmen ts

i For information on the use of X, Y, i andC dimensions, refer to Data SheetsLR7.03 and LR7.04.

LR3.03PAGE 1 OF 4

90° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

PIR W 90 RAD FINISH

POR W 90 RAD FINISH

W = width

Weightkg

Y

363513663813963

363513663813963

363513663813963

363513663813963

363513663813963

363513663813963

i

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

C

363513663813963

363513663813963

363513663813963

363513663813963

363513663813963

363513663813963

No. ofRungs

33444

33444

33444

33444

33444

33444

X

363513663813963

363513663813963

363513663813963

363513663813963

363513663813963

363513663813963

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

Cat. Nos.

PIR 150 90 300PIR 150 90 450PIR 150 90 600PIR 150 90 750PIR 150 90 900

PIR 300 90 300PIR 300 90 450PIR 300 90 600PIR 300 90 750PIR 300 90 900

PIR 450 90 300PIR 450 90 450PIR 450 90 600PIR 450 90 750PIR 450 90 900

PIR 600 90 300PIR 600 90 450PIR 600 90 600PIR 600 90 750PIR 600 90 900

PIR 750 90 300PIR 750 90 450PIR 750 90 600PIR 750 90 750PIR 750 90 900

PIR 900 90 300PIR 900 90 450PIR 900 90 600PIR 900 90 750PIR 900 90 900

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table arefor inside risers.For outside risers substitutePOR for PIR.

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

3.74.96.07.18.2

4.15.26.57.68.7

4.45.66.98.19.2

5.16.37.99.0

10.1

6.17.39.2

10.311.5

6.77.9

10.011.112.2

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For risers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For risers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fasteners areGrade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Office forguidance.

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRE

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

R300

R450

R900

NOMINALRADIUS

R600

R750

CX

Y

For information on the use of X, Y, i andC dimensions, refer to Data SheetsLR7.03 and LR7.04.

END DETAIL

Y

181256331406481

181256331406481

181256331406481

181256331406481

181256331406481

181256331406481

i

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

C

209296382469556

209296382469556

209296382469556

209296382469556

209296382469556

209296382469556

No. ofRungs

33333

33333

33333

33333

33333

33333

X

314444574704834

314444574704834

314444574704834

314444574704834

314444574704834

314444574704834

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

Cat. Nos.

PIR 150 60 300PIR 150 60 450PIR 150 60 600PIR 150 60 750PIR 150 60 900

PIR 300 60 300PIR 300 60 450PIR 300 60 600PIR 300 60 750PIR 300 60 900

PIR 450 60 300PIR 450 60 450PIR 450 60 600PIR 450 60 750PIR 450 60 900

PIR 600 60 300PIR 600 60 450PIR 600 60 600PIR 600 60 750PIR 600 60 900

PIR 750 60 300PIR 750 60 450PIR 750 60 600PIR 750 60 750PIR 750 60 900

PIR 900 60 300PIR 900 60 450PIR 900 60 600PIR 900 60 750PIR 900 60 900

Weightkg

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table arefor inside risers.For outside risers substitutePOR for PIR.

LR3.03PAGE 2 OF 4

60° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

W = width

POR W 60 RAD FINISH

PIR W 60 RAD FINISH

2.73.44.24.95.7

3.03.84.55.36.0

3.44.14.95.66.4

4.14.85.66.37.1

5.15.96.67.38.1

5.76.47.27.98.7

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For risers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. Forrisers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fasteners areGrade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

i

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRE

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

C

R750

R900

Y

R600

NOMINALRADIUS

X

3 sidesegments

YR300

R450

NOMINALRADIUS

C

X

2 sidesegments

i

END DETAIL

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to Data SheetsLR7.03 and LR7.04.

LR3.03PAGE 3 OF 4

45° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

PIR W 45 RAD FINISH

POR W 45 RAD FINISH

W = width

Weightkg

Y

106150194238282

106150194238282

106150194238282

106150194238282

106150194238282

106150194238282

i

230344459574689

230344459574689

230344459574689

230344459574689

230344459574689

230344459574689

C

150212274337399

150212274337399

150212274337399

150212274337399

150212274337399

150212274337399

No. ofRungs

22333

22333

22333

22333

22333

22333

X

256362468575681

256362468575681

256362468575681

256362468575681

256362468575681

256362468575681

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

Cat. Nos.

PIR 150 45 300PIR 150 45 450PIR 150 45 600PIR 150 45 750PIR 150 45 900

PIR 300 45 300PIR 300 45 450PIR 300 45 600PIR 300 45 750PIR 300 45 900

PIR 450 45 300PIR 450 45 450PIR 450 45 600PIR 450 45 750PIR 450 45 900

PIR 600 45 300PIR 600 45 450PIR 600 45 600PIR 600 45 750PIR 600 45 900

PIR 750 45 300PIR 750 45 450PIR 750 45 600PIR 750 45 750PIR 750 45 900

PIR 900 45 300PIR 900 45 450PIR 900 45 600PIR 900 45 750PIR 900 45 900

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table arefor inside risers.For outside risers substitutePOR for PIR.

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

2.12.73.33.94.4

2.42.93.74.24.8

2.63.24.04.65.1

3.13.64.75.35.8

3.84.35.76.36.9

4.14.76.36.97.4

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For risers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For risers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRE

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR3.03

For information on the use of X, Y, i andC dimensions, refer to Data SheetsLR7.03 and LR7.04.

END DETAIL

R900

R600

R750

CX

Y

R300

R450

NOMINALRADIUS

i

Weightkg

Y

496989

109129

496989

109129

496989

109129

496989

109129

496989

109129

496989

109129

i

155233311388466

155233311388466

155233311388466

155233311388466

155233311388466

155233311388466

C

97137178218258

97137178218258

97137178218258

97137178218258

97137178218258

97137178218258

No. ofRungs

22222

22222

22222

22222

22222

22222

X

181256331406481

181256331406481

181256331406481

181256331406481

181256331406481

181256331406481

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

Cat. Nos.

PIR 150 30 300PIR 150 30 450PIR 150 30 600PIR 150 30 750PIR 150 30 900

PIR 300 30 300PIR 300 30 450PIR 300 30 600PIR 300 30 750PIR 300 30 900

PIR 450 30 300PIR 450 30 450PIR 450 30 600PIR 450 30 750PIR 450 30 900

PIR 600 30 300PIR 600 30 450PIR 600 30 600PIR 600 30 750PIR 600 30 900

PIR 750 30 300PIR 750 30 450PIR 750 30 600PIR 750 30 750PIR 750 30 900

PIR 900 30 300PIR 900 30 450PIR 900 30 600PIR 900 30 750PIR 900 30 900

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table arefor inside risers. For outsiderisers substitute POR for PIR.

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

PAGE 4 OF 4

30° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

POR W 30 RAD FINISH

PIR W 30 RAD FINISH

W = width

1.62.02.42.83.1

1.92.22.63.03.4

2.12.52.93.23.6

2.62.93.33.74.1

3.33.64.04.44.8

3.64.04.44.85.1

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For risers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For risers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Office forguidance.

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRESTRAIGHTREDUCERS

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR3.04END DETAIL

Weightkg

WidthK

150

150300

150300450

150300450600

150300450600750

450

750

WidthW

300

600

900

Cat. Nos.

PSR 300 150

PSR 450 150PSR 450 300

PSR 600 150PSR 600 300PSR 600 450

PSR 750 150PSR 750 300PSR 750 450PSR 750 600

PSR 900 150PSR 900 300PSR 900 450PSR 900 600PSR 900 750

PAGE 1 OF 2

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

Length

450

450450

500450450

500500450450

550500500450450

3.0

3.43.2

4.13.73.6

4.74.54.24.2

5.35.04.84.64.7

W= main run width,K= reduced run width

PSR W K FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

REDUCER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For reducers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. Forreducers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For reducers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

WIDTHW

WIDTHK

200

LENGTH

20°

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIREOFFSETREDUCERSLH and RH

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

END DETAIL

Weightkg

WidthK

150

150300

150300450

150300450600

150300450600750

450

750

WidthW

300

600

900

Cat. Nos.

PLR 300 150

PLR 450 150PLR 450 300

PLR 600 150PLR 600 300PLR 600 450

PLR 750 150PLR 750 300PLR 750 450PLR 750 600

PLR 900 150PLR 900 300PLR 900 450PLR 900 600PLR 900 750

Length

450

500450

550500450

600550500450

650600550500450

3.1

3.73.4

4.44.13.7

5.34.94.64.3

5.95.65.25.04.8

Cat. Nos. given in the table are for left handreducers. For right hand reducers substitutePRR for PLR.

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

LR3.04PAGE 2 OF 2

W= main run width,K= reduced run width

PLR W K FINISH

PRR W K FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

REDUCER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For reducers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For reducers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For reducers with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

WIDTHK

WIDTHW

LEFT HAND REDUCER

LENGTH

200

20°

WIDTHK

WIDTHW

RIGHT HAND REDUCER

LENGTH

200

20°

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIREEQUAL TEES

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Y80

80

RADIUS

i

WIDTHW

WIDTHW

X

A A

AEND DETAIL

Quantity and spacing of rungs varieswith radius and width. Nominal pitch= 300. Additional rungs (A) are fittedon tees of 600 radius and above.

For information on the use ofX, Y and i dimensions, referto Data Sheets LR7.03 andLR7.04.

LR3.05PAGE 1 OF 1

Weightkg

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

Y

454604754904

1054

529679829979

1129

604754904

10541204

679829979

11291279

754904

105412041354

829979

112912791429

X

454604754904

1054

529679829979

1129

604754904

10541204

679829979

11291279

754904

105412041354

829979

112912791429

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions givenare in millimetres (mm).

PT W RADR FINISH

W = width

6.78.7

11.213.515.7

7.910.213.015.518.1

9.311.915.918.021.0

12.015.018.621.823.9

14.217.322.524.631.1

17.020.424.931.634.3

Cat. Nos.

PT 150 300RPT 150 450RPT 150 600RPT 150 750RPT 150 900R

PT 300 300RPT 300 450RPT 300 600RPT 300 750RPT 300 900R

PT 450 300RPT 450 450RPT 450 600RPT 450 750RPT 450 900R

PT 600 300RPT 600 450RPT 600 600RPT 600 750RPT 600 900R

PT 750 300RPT 750 450RPT 750 600RPT 750 750RPT 750 900R

PT 900 300RPT 900 450RPT 900 600RPT 900 750RPT 900 900R

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

EQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes, fastenersare high tensile Grade 8.8. For tees withS finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

(1) Supplied in 2 parts for assembly on site

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIREUNEQUALTEES

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Weightkg

Y

453603753903

1053

453603753903

1053

453603753903

1053

453603753903

1053

453603753903

1053

X

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

WidthB

300

450

600

750

900

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

WidthW

150

7.49.6

12.114.416.8

8.210.413.215.317.6

9.111.314.316.718.7

10.012.215.617.720.1

10.913.216.518.921.0

Quantity and spacing of rungs varies withradius and width, nominal pitch = 300.

Additional rungs (A) are fitted on tees of600 radius and above.

For information on the use of X, Y, and idimensions, refer to Data Sheets LR7.03and LR7.04.

END DETAIL

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

LR3.06PAGE 1 OF 4

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

Cat. Nos.

PUT 150 300 300RPUT 150 300 450RPUT 150 300 600RPUT 150 300 750RPUT 150 300 900R

PUT 150 450 300RPUT 150 450 450RPUT 150 450 600RPUT 150 450 750RPUT 150 450 900R

PUT 150 600 300RPUT 150 600 450RPUT 150 600 600RPUT 150 600 750RPUT 150 600 900R

PUT 150 750 300RPUT 150 750 450RPUT 150 750 600RPUT 150 750 750RPUT 150 750 900R

PUT 150 900 300RPUT 150 900 450RPUT 150 900 600RPUT 150 900 750RPUT 150 900 900R

PUT 150 B RADR FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

B = branch width

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes, fastenersare high tensile Grade 8.8. For tees withS finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

Y

80

80RADIUS

i

X

A

A

A

WIDTHW

WIDTHB

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIREUNEQUALTEES

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Weightkg

WidthW

300

450

Y

528678828978

1128

528678828978

1128

528678828978

1128

528678828978

1128

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

603753903

10531203

603753903

10531203

603753903

10531203

603753903

10531203

X

453603753903

1053

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

WidthB

150

450

600

750

900

150

300

600

750

900

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

7.29.1

12.114.616.8

8.711.014.316.419.0

9.712.115.418.020.1

10.613.016.919.021.7

11.614.017.820.422.6

7.99.8

13.416.218.5

8.611.114.317.120.1

10.613.217.019.922.1

11.514.118.821.024.0

12.715.419.722.724.9

LR3.06PAGE 2 OF 4

B = branch width

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

PUT 300 B RADR FINISH

PUT 450 B RADR FINISH

Cat. Nos.

PUT 300 150 300RPUT 300 150 450RPUT 300 150 600RPUT 300 150 750RPUT 300 150 900R

PUT 300 450 300RPUT 300 450 450RPUT 300 450 600RPUT 300 450 750RPUT 300 450 900R

PUT 300 600 300RPUT 300 600 450RPUT 300 600 600RPUT 300 600 750RPUT 300 600 900R

PUT 300 750 300RPUT 300 750 450RPUT 300 750 600RPUT 300 750 750RPUT 300 750 900R

PUT 300 900 300RPUT 300 900 450RPUT 300 900 600RPUT 300 900 750RPUT 300 900 900R

PUT 450 150 300RPUT 450 150 450RPUT 450 150 600RPUT 450 150 750RPUT 450 150 900R

PUT 450 300 300RPUT 450 300 450RPUT 450 300 600RPUT 450 300 750RPUT 450 300 900R

PUT 450 600 300RPUT 450 600 450RPUT 450 600 600RPUT 450 600 750RPUT 450 600 900R

PUT 450 750 300RPUT 450 750 450RPUT 450 750 600RPUT 450 750 750RPUT 450 750 900R

PUT 450 900 300RPUT 450 900 450RPUT 450 900 600RPUT 450 900 750RPUT 450 900 900R

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For tees with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainlessGrade A470. For tees with E finish,the fasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative materialfor fasteners may be requireddepending on the installationenvironment - contact our SalesOffice for guidance.

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIREUNEQUALTEES

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

END DETAIL

Weightkg

WidthB

150

300

450

750

900

Y

678828978

11281278

678828978

11281278

678828978

11281278

678828978

11281278

678828978

11281278

X

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

WidthW

600

9.011.014.817.820.1

9.712.515.718.821.9

10.413.317.519.722.8

12.915.920.622.826.1

14.517.521.624.727.0

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

PAGE 3 OF 4

LR3.06

B = branch width

Cat. Nos.

PUT 600 150 300RPUT 600 150 450RPUT 600 150 600RPUT 600 150 750RPUT 600 150 900R

PUT 600 300 300RPUT 600 300 450RPUT 600 300 600RPUT 600 300 750RPUT 600 300 900R

PUT 600 450 300RPUT 600 450 450RPUT 600 450 600RPUT 600 450 750RPUT 600 450 900R

PUT 600 750 300RPUT 600 750 450RPUT 600 750 600RPUT 600 750 750RPUT 600 750 900R

PUT 600 900 300RPUT 600 900 450RPUT 600 900 600RPUT 600 900 750RPUT 600 900 900R

PUT 600 B RADR FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For tees with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainlessGrade A470. For tees with E finish,the fasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative materialfor fasteners may be requireddepending on the installationenvironment - contact our SalesOffice for guidance.

Y

80

80RADIUS

i

X

A

A

A

WIDTHW

WIDTHB

Quantity and spacing of rungs varies withradius and width, nominal pitch = 300.

Additional rungs (A) are fitted on tees of 600radius and above.

For information on the use of X, Y, and idimensions, refer to Data Sheets LR7.03and LR7.04.

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIREUNEQUALTEES

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR3.06PAGE 4 OF 4

B = branch width

(For illustration see previous page).

Weightkg

Y

753903

105312031353

753903

105312031353

753903

105312031353

753903

105312031353

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

828978

112812781428

828978

112812781428

828978

112812781428

828978

112812781428

X

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

828978

112812781428

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

WidthB

150

300

450

600

900

150

300

450

600

750

Rad

300450600750900(1)

300450600750900(1)

300450600750900(1)

300450600750900(1)

300450600750900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

WidthW

750

900

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions givenare in millimetres (mm).

10.012.016.319.525.5

10.713.817.220.426.2

11.514.619.221.329.4

13.316.420.323.630.3

15.919.123.426.732.3

10.812.817.424.627.2

11.514.718.325.327.9

12.215.520.526.131.4

14.217.521.629.732.3

15.118.424.030.433.1

PUT 750 B RADR FINISH

PUT 900 B RADR FINISH

Cat. Nos.

PUT 750 150 300RPUT 750 150 450RPUT 750 150 600RPUT 750 150 750RPUT 750 150 900R

PUT 750 300 300RPUT 750 300 450RPUT 750 300 600RPUT 750 300 750RPUT 750 300 900R

PUT 750 450 300RPUT 750 450 450RPUT 750 450 600RPUT 750 450 750RPUT 750 450 900R

PUT 750 600 300RPUT 750 600 450RPUT 750 600 600RPUT 750 600 750RPUT 750 600 900R

PUT 750 900 300RPUT 750 900 450RPUT 750 900 600RPUT 750 900 750RPUT 750 900 900R

PUT 900 150 300RPUT 900 150 450RPUT 900 150 600RPUT 900 150 750RPUT 900 150 900R

PUT 900 300 300RPUT 900 300 450RPUT 900 300 600RPUT 900 300 750RPUT 900 300 900R

PUT 900 450 300RPUT 900 450 450RPUT 900 450 600RPUT 900 450 750RPUT 900 450 900R

PUT 900 600 300RPUT 900 600 450RPUT 900 600 600RPUT 900 600 750RPUT 900 600 900R

PUT 900 750 300RPUT 900 750 450RPUT 900 750 600RPUT 900 750 750RPUT 900 750 900R

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. Fortees with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contact ourSales Office for guidance.

(1) Supplied in 2 parts for assembly on site

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRE4-WAYCROSSPIECES

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

A B C D E F

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Crosspieces in larger width/radius combinations are supplied in two identical halvesfor on-site assembly. Information on dimensions and weights, together with assemblydetails, are given overleaf.

Y80

80

RADIUS

i

WIDTHW

WIDTHW

X

A A

A

A

A A

A

A

END DETAIL

Additional rungs (A) are fittedto large radius crosspieces.

For information on the use ofX, Y and i dimensions, refer toData Sheets LR7.03 andLR7.04.

Weightkg

i

537750962

537750

537750

537

537

Rad

300450600

300450

300450

300

300

Y

454604754

529679

604754

679

754

X

454604754

529679

604754

679

754

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

LR3.07PAGE 1 OF 2

W = width

8.911.615.2

10.413.5

12.215.9

15.1

18.0

Cat. Nos.

PX 150 300RPX 150 450RPX 150 600R

PX 300 300RPX 300 450R

PX 450 300RPX 450 450R

PX 600 300R

PX 750 300R

PX W RADR FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTSFOR ONE PIECE UNITS

107

30 49 25 19 50

511

5

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

CROSSPIECE TO STRAIGHT LENGTHCOUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For crosspieces with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For crosspieces with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For crosspieces with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRE4-WAYCROSSPIECES

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

(Supplied withcouplers):

FASTENERS

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Also refer toData SheetLR6.01.

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 8 bolts can be

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR3.07PAGE 2 OF 2

80

80

RADIUS

i

WIDTHW

X

Y

A

Y

For information on the use ofX, Y and i dimensions, refer toData Sheets LR7.03 andLR7.04.

Assembly detail for two pieceunits - detail A, see below.

END DETAIL

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are inmillimetres (mm).

W = width

PX W RADR FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTSFOR TWO PIECE UNITS

107

30 49 25 19 505

115

2050

CHAMFER 7 x 45°4 SLOTS 37 x13

4 HOLES 11 x11

2 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

50

125

ASSEMBLY DETAIL FORTWO PIECE UNITS - detail A(Fasteners included):

A B C DC

A M6 nutB Shakeproof washerC Flat washer

- roofing washers for /G and /D- form A for /S

D M6x16 set screw

Finish: For crosspieces with G and G finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. Forcrosspieces with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For crosspieces with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

Weightkg

i

11741386

96211741386

96211741386

750962

11741386

750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

Rad

750900

600750900

600750900

450600750900

450600750900

300450600750900

Y

9041054

829979

1129

90410541204

829979

11291279

904105412041354

829979

112912791429

X

9041054

829979

1129

90410541204

829979

11291279

904105412041354

829979

112912791429

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

22.726.7

17.625.229.5

23.927.632.0

18.026.831.235.7

23.331.034.939.9

20.027.133.739.144.7

Cat. Nos.

PX 150 750RPX 150 900R

PX 300 600RPX 300 750RPX 300 900R

PX 450 600RPX 450 750RPX 450 900R

PX 600 450RPX 600 600RPX 600 750RPX 600 900R

PX 750 450RPX 750 600RPX 750 750RPX 750 900R

PX 900 300RPX 900 450RPX 900 600RPX 900 750RPX 900 900R

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 8 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:Also refer toData SheetLR6.01.

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasherF M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

ACTUALSIZE

Type 1 rungs are used as standard. Fordetails of these, and other available rungoptions, refer to Data Sheet LR7.01.

LR4.01PAGE 1 OF 1

W = width

For cable load capacitysee loading graphs.

STRAIGHTLENGTHS

EL W FINISH 6mEL W FINISH

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are inmillimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms(kg) and are for a 3m straightlength in a hot dip galvanised Gfinish.

To obtain the appropriatecomponent weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weightby the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.97Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Weightkg

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

20.7

22.1

23.5

25.0

28.8

30.8

Cat. Nos.

EL 150

EL 300

EL 450

EL 600

EL 750

EL 900

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

STRAIGHT LENGTH TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For ladders with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

A B C D E F

3000 or 6000

150 300RUNGPITCH

37.519W - 4

W + 40

22

37.5

502.0THICK

119150

INTERNAL WIDTH

Ø7.5 DRAIN HOLESAT 300 CENTRES

22 x 11 BOLT SLOTSAT 37.5 PITCH

Ø7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLESAT 75 PITCH

TYPE 1 RUNG

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR4.02PAGE 1 OF 4

90°FLAT BENDS

X

80

i

80

C

WIDTH

Y

RADIUS

END DETAIL

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

Weightkg

Cat. Nos.

EFB 150 90 300EFB 150 90 450EFB 150 90 600EFB 150 90 750EFB 150 90 900

EFB 300 90 300EFB 300 90 450EFB 300 90 600EFB 300 90 750EFB 300 90 900

EFB 450 90 300EFB 450 90 450EFB 450 90 600EFB 450 90 750EFB 450 90 900

EFB 600 90 300EFB 600 90 450EFB 600 90 600EFB 600 90 750EFB 600 90 900

EFB 750 90 300EFB 750 90 450EFB 750 90 600EFB 750 90 750EFB 750 90 900

EFB 900 90 300EFB 900 90 450EFB 900 90 600EFB 900 90 750EFB 900 90 900

No. ofRungs

33444

33445

34455

44555

45556

55566

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

X Y i C

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

W = width

EFB W 90 RAD FINISH

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

6.38.09.7

11.312.9

7.59.1

11.012.614.5

8.710.712.314.315.9

10.812.414.616.217.8

12.915.517.118.721.3

15.617.218.921.623.2

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For bends with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For bends with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For bends with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

END DETAILX

80

i

80RADIUS

C

WIDTH

Y

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

Weightkg

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

439589739889

1039

296382469555642

339426512599685

382469555642728

426512599685772

469555642729815

512598685772858

256331406481556

294369444519594

331406481556631

368443518593668

406481556631706

443518593668743

No. ofRungs

23333

33334

33344

33444

34444

44445

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

CiYX

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

LR4.02PAGE 2 OF 4

60°FLAT BENDS

Cat. Nos.

EFB 150 60 300EFB 150 60 450EFB 150 60 600EFB 150 60 750EFB 150 60 900

EFB 300 60 300EFB 300 60 450EFB 300 60 600EFB 300 60 750EFB 300 60 900

EFB 450 60 300EFB 450 60 450EFB 450 60 600EFB 450 60 750EFB 450 60 900

EFB 600 60 300EFB 600 60 450EFB 600 60 600EFB 600 60 750EFB 600 60 900

EFB 750 60 300EFB 750 60 450EFB 750 60 600EFB 750 60 750EFB 750 60 900

EFB 900 60 300EFB 900 60 450EFB 900 60 600EFB 900 60 750EFB 900 60 900

4.96.17.18.29.3

5.97.08.09.1

10.4

6.87.98.9

10.411.5

8.09.1

10.811.812.9

9.611.612.713.814.8

11.812.914.015.017.3

443573703833963

508638768898

1028

573703833963

1093

638768898

10281157

703833963

10931222

768898

102811571287

EFB W 60 RAD FINISH

W = width

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For bends with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For bends with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For bends with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

W = width

LR4.02PAGE 3 OF 4

45°FLAT BENDS

X

80

i

80

RADIUS

C

WIDTH

Y

END DETAIL

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

Weightkg

Cat. Nos.

EFB 150 45 300EFB 150 45 450EFB 150 45 600EFB 150 45 750EFB 150 45 900

EFB 300 45 300EFB 300 45 450EFB 300 45 600EFB 300 45 750EFB 300 45 900

EFB 450 45 300EFB 450 45 450EFB 450 45 600EFB 450 45 750EFB 450 45 900

EFB 600 45 300EFB 600 45 450EFB 600 45 600EFB 600 45 750EFB 600 45 900

EFB 750 45 300EFB 750 45 450EFB 750 45 600EFB 750 45 750EFB 750 45 900

EFB 900 45 300EFB 900 45 450EFB 900 45 600EFB 900 45 750EFB 900 45 900

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

i

377492607722837

377492607722837

377492607722837

377492607722837

377492607722837

377492607722837

4.25.05.86.77.5

4.85.66.77.58.3

5.56.77.58.39.1

6.97.78.69.4

10.2

8.49.2

10.010.812.5

9.310.111.012.913.7

166210254298342

188232276320364

210254298342385

232276320364407

254298342385429

276320364407451

No. ofRungs

22233

22333

23333

33333

33334

33344

400506612719825

453559665772878

506612719825931

559665772878984

612719825931

1037

665772878984

1090

235297359421483

266328390452514

297359421483545

328390452514576

359421483545607

390452514576638

CYX

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

EFB W 45 RAD FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For bends with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For bends with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For bends with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

END DETAIL

X

80

i

80

RADIUS

C

WIDTHY

Weightkg

Cat. Nos.

EFB 150 30 300EFB 150 30 450EFB 150 30 600EFB 150 30 750EFB 150 30 900

EFB 300 30 300EFB 300 30 450EFB 300 30 600EFB 300 30 750EFB 300 30 900

EFB 450 30 300EFB 450 30 450EFB 450 30 600EFB 450 30 750EFB 450 30 900

EFB 600 30 300EFB 600 30 450EFB 600 30 600EFB 600 30 750EFB 600 30 900

EFB 750 30 300EFB 750 30 450EFB 750 30 600EFB 750 30 750EFB 750 30 900

EFB 900 30 300EFB 900 30 450EFB 900 30 600EFB 900 30 750EFB 900 30 900

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

i

90110130150170

100120140160180

110130150170190

120140160180201

130150170190211

140160180201221

310387465543620

310387465543620

310387465543620

310387465543620

310387465543620

310387465543620

180220260301341

200240280321361

220260301341381

240280321361401

260301341381421

280321361401441

No. ofRungs

22222

22223

22233

22333

23333

33333

3.54.04.65.15.7

4.04.65.15.66.2

4.55.15.66.27.1

5.35.86.37.58.0

6.26.88.28.89.3

6.98.59.19.6

10.1

336411486561636

373448523598673

411486561636711

448523598673748

486561636711786

523598673748823

CYX

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

LR4.02PAGE 4 OF 4

30°FLAT BENDS

W = width

EFB W 30 RAD FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

FLAT BEND TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For bends with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For bends with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For bends with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

EOR W 90 RAD FINISH

LR4.03PAGE 1 OF 4

90° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

EIR W 90 RAD FINISH

W = width

END DETAIL

i

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

Weightkg

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

No. ofRungs

33444

33444

33444

33444

33444

33444

5.57.28.8

10.512.2

5.97.69.3

11.012.6

6.38.09.8

11.513.1

6.98.7

10.712.414.0

8.09.7

12.113.715.4

8.510.212.814.516.2

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

375525675825975

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

Cat. Nos.

EIR 150 90 300EIR 150 90 450EIR 150 90 600EIR 150 90 750EIR 150 90 900

EIR 300 90 300EIR 300 90 450EIR 300 90 600EIR 300 90 750EIR 300 90 900

EIR 450 90 300EIR 450 90 450EIR 450 90 600EIR 450 90 750EIR 450 90 900

EIR 600 90 300EIR 600 90 450EIR 600 90 600EIR 600 90 750EIR 600 90 900

EIR 750 90 300EIR 750 90 450EIR 750 90 600EIR 750 90 750EIR 750 90 900

EIR 900 90 300EIR 900 90 450EIR 900 90 600EIR 900 90 750EIR 900 90 900

CiYX

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

424636849

10611273

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table arefor inside risers.For outside risers substitute EORfor EIR.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For risers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For risers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

30 49

107

25 19 5062

.515

0

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

Y

X,C

NOMINALRADIUS

R600

R750

R900

Y

4 sidesegmentsNOMINAL

RADIUS

X,C

Y

R300

R450

3 sidesegments

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

END DETAIL

R300

R450

R900

NOMINALRADIUS

R600

R750

CX

Y

i For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

Weightkg

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

Cat. Nos.

EIR 150 60 300EIR 150 60 450EIR 150 60 600EIR 150 60 750EIR 150 60 900

EIR 300 60 300EIR 300 60 450EIR 300 60 600EIR 300 60 750EIR 300 60 900

EIR 450 60 300EIR 450 60 450EIR 450 60 600EIR 450 60 750EIR 450 60 900

EIR 600 60 300EIR 600 60 450EIR 600 60 600EIR 600 60 750EIR 600 60 900

EIR 750 60 300EIR 750 60 450EIR 750 60 600EIR 750 60 750EIR 750 60 900

EIR 900 60 300EIR 900 60 450EIR 900 60 600EIR 900 60 750EIR 900 60 900

CiYX

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table arefor inside risers.For outside risers substitute EORfor EIR.

LR4.03PAGE 2 OF 4

60° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

EOR W 60 RAD FINISH

EIR W 60 RAD FINISH

W = width

3.95.16.27.38.4

4.35.46.57.68.7

4.75.86.98.09.1

5.46.57.68.79.8

6.47.58.69.7

10.8

7.08.19.2

10.311.4

No. ofRungs

33444

33444

33444

33444

33444

33444

217303390476563

217303390476563

217303390476563

217303390476563

217303390476563

217303390476563

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

187262337412487

187262337412487

187262337412487

187262337412487

187262337412487

187262337412487

325455585714844

325455585714844

325455585714844

325455585714844

325455585714844

325455585714844

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For risers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For risers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

FASTENERS

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR4.03PAGE 3 OF 4

45° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

EIR W 45 RAD FINISH

EOR W 45 RAD FINISH

W = width

C

R750

R900

Y

R600

NOMINALRADIUS

X

3 sidesegments

YR300

R450

NOMINALRADIUS

C

X

2 sidesegments

i

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

END DETAIL

Weightkg

110154198242286

110154198242286

110154198242286

110154198242286

110154198242286

110154198242286

230344459574689

230344459574689

230344459574689

230344459574689

230344459574689

230344459574689

155217280342404

155217280342404

155217280342404

155217280342404

155217280342404

155217280342404

No. ofRungs

22333

22333

22333

22333

22333

22333

265371477583689

265371477583689

265371477583689

265371477583689

265371477583689

265371477583689

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

Cat. Nos.

EIR 150 45 300EIR 150 45 450EIR 150 45 600EIR 150 45 750EIR 150 45 900

EIR 300 45 300EIR 300 45 450EIR 300 45 600EIR 300 45 750EIR 300 45 900

EIR 450 45 300EIR 450 45 450EIR 450 45 600EIR 450 45 750EIR 450 45 900

EIR 600 45 300EIR 600 45 450EIR 600 45 600EIR 600 45 750EIR 600 45 900

EIR 750 45 300EIR 750 45 450EIR 750 45 600EIR 750 45 750EIR 750 45 900

EIR 900 45 300EIR 900 45 450EIR 900 45 600EIR 900 45 750EIR 900 45 900

CiYX

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table arefor inside risers.For outside risers substitute EORfor EIR.

3.24.04.95.76.5

3.44.35.26.16.9

3.74.55.66.47.2

4.15.06.37.17.9

4.85.77.38.19.0

5.26.07.98.79.5

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For risers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For risers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

For information on the use of X, Y, iand C dimensions, refer to DataSheets LR7.03 and LR7.04.

R900

R600

R750

CX

Y

R300

R450

NOMINALRADIUS

i

END DETAIL

Weightkg

187262337412487

187262337412487

187262337412487

187262337412487

187262337412487

187262337412487

507090

111131

507090

111131

507090

111131

507090

111131

507090

111131

507090

111131

100141181221261

100141181221261

100141181221261

100141181221261

100141181221261

100141181221261

155233311388466

155233311388466

155233311388466

155233311388466

155233311388466

155233311388466

No. ofRungs

22222

22222

22222

22222

22222

22222

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

Cat. Nos.

EIR 150 30 300EIR 150 30 450EIR 150 30 600EIR 150 30 750EIR 150 30 900

EIR 300 30 300EIR 300 30 450EIR 300 30 600EIR 300 30 750EIR 300 30 900

EIR 450 30 300EIR 450 30 450EIR 450 30 600EIR 450 30 750EIR 450 30 900

EIR 600 30 300EIR 600 30 450EIR 600 30 600EIR 600 30 750EIR 600 30 900

EIR 750 30 300EIR 750 30 450EIR 750 30 600EIR 750 30 750EIR 750 30 900

EIR 900 30 300EIR 900 30 450EIR 900 30 600EIR 900 30 750EIR 900 30 900

CiYX

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table arefor inside risers.For outside risers substitute EORfor EIR.

PAGE 4 OF 4

30° RISERSINSIDE &OUTSIDE

EOR W 30 RAD FINISH

EIR W 30 RAD FINISH

W = width

LR4.03

2.43.03.54.14.6

2.73.23.84.34.9

2.93.54.04.65.1

3.43.94.55.05.6

4.14.65.25.76.3

4.45.05.56.16.7

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

RISER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For risers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For risers with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For risers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

LR4.04PAGE 1 OF 2

W= main run width,K= reduced run width

END DETAIL

Weightkg

450

750

WidthW

300

600

900

Cat. Nos.

ESR 300 150

ESR 450 150ESR 450 300

ESR 600 150ESR 600 300ESR 600 450

ESR 750 150ESR 750 300ESR 750 450ESR 750 600

ESR 900 150ESR 900 300ESR 900 450ESR 900 600ESR 900 750

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

STRAIGHTREDUCERS

ESR W K FINISH

Length

450

450450

500450450

500500450450

550500500450450

4.4

4.94.6

5.85.25.0

6.56.35.75.5

7.46.86.66.16.1

WidthK

150

150300

150300450

150300450600

150300450600750

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

REDUCER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For reducers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For reducers with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For reducers with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

WIDTHW

WIDTHK

200

LENGTH

20°

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

END DETAIL

Weightkg

WidthK

150

150300

150300450

150300450600

150300450600750

450

750

WidthW

300

600

900

Cat. Nos.

ELR 300 150

ELR 450 150ELR 450 300

ELR 600 150ELR 600 300ELR 600 450

ELR 750 150ELR 750 300ELR 750 450ELR 750 600

ELR 900 150ELR 900 300ELR 900 450ELR 900 600ELR 900 750

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

Cat. Nos. given in the table are for left handreducers. For right hand reducers substituteERR for ELR.

LR4.04PAGE 2 OF 2

OFFSETREDUCERSLH and RH

ELR W K FINISH

ERR W K FINISH

W= main run width,K= reduced run width

Length

450

500450

550500450

600550500450

650600550500450

4.6

5.44.8

6.35.85.2

7.46.86.25.7

8.37.77.16.66.3

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

REDUCER TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For reducers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For reducers with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For reducers with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

WIDTHK

WIDTHW

LEFT HAND REDUCER

LENGTH

200

20°

WIDTHK

WIDTHW

RIGHT HAND REDUCER

LENGTH

200

20°

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR4.05PAGE 1 OF 1

EQUAL TEES

W = width

Quantity and spacing of rungs varieswith radius and width. Nominal pitch= 300. Additional rungs (A) are fittedon tees of 600 radius and above.

For information on the use ofX, Y and i dimensions, referto Data Sheets LR7.03 andLR7.04.

Weightkg

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

Y

454604754904

1054

529679829979

1129

604754904

10541204

679829979

11291279

754904

105412041354

829979

112912791429

X

454604754904

1054

529679829979

1129

604754904

10541204

679829979

11291279

754904

105412041354

829979

112912791429

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

900

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions givenare in millimetres (mm).

ET W RADR FINISH

9.612.415.819.022.0

11.014.117.821.224.6

12.616.020.923.927.7

15.419.223.827.730.8

17.721.727.730.838.0

20.825.030.337.941.4

Cat. Nos.

ET 150 300RET 150 450RET 150 600RET 150 750RET 150 900R

ET 300 300RET 300 450RET 300 600RET 300 750RET 300 900R

ET 450 300RET 450 450RET 450 600RET 450 750RET 450 900R

ET 600 300RET 600 450RET 600 600RET 600 750RET 600 900R

ET 750 300RET 750 450RET 750 600RET 750 750RET 750 900R

ET 900 300RET 900 450RET 900 600RET 900 750RET 900 900R

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

EQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For tees with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

(1) Supplied in 2 parts for assembly on site

Y80

80

RADIUS

i

WIDTHW

WIDTHW

X

A A

A

END DETAIL

30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

END DETAIL

Quantity and spacing of rungs varies withradius and width, nominal pitch = 300.

Additional rungs (A) are fitted on tees of600 radius and above.

For information on the use of X, Y, and idimensions, refer to Data Sheets LR7.03and LR7.04.

Weightkg

Y

453603753903

1053

453603753903

1053

453603753903

1053

453603753903

1053

453603753903

1053

X

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

WidthB

300

450

600

750

900

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

WidthW

150

10.513.516.920.123.3

11.414.518.221.124.3

12.515.619.422.625.6

13.616.720.923.927.2

14.617.822.025.228.2

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

LR4.06PAGE 1 OF 4

UNEQUALTEES

B = branch width

Cat. Nos.

EUT 150 300 300REUT 150 300 450REUT 150 300 600REUT 150 300 750REUT 150 300 900R

EUT 150 450 300REUT 150 450 450REUT 150 450 600REUT 150 450 750REUT 150 450 900R

EUT 150 600 300REUT 150 600 450REUT 150 600 600REUT 150 600 750REUT 150 600 900R

EUT 150 750 300REUT 150 750 450REUT 150 750 600REUT 150 750 750REUT 150 750 900R

EUT 150 900 300REUT 150 900 450REUT 150 900 600REUT 150 900 750REUT 150 900 900R

EUT 150 B RADR FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For tees with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

Y

80

80RADIUS

i

X

A

A

A

WIDTHW

WIDTHB

30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR4.06PAGE 2 OF 4

UNEQUALTEES

B = branch width

Weightkg

WidthW

300

450

Y

528678828978

1128

528678828978

1128

528678828978

1128

528678828978

1128

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

603753903

10531203

603753903

10531203

603753903

10531203

603753903

10531203

X

453603753903

1053

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

WidthB

150

450

600

750

900

150

300

600

750

900

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

10.112.916.720.123.2

11.915.119.322.225.7

13.116.320.524.027.0

14.217.422.225.228.7

15.418.623.326.829.8

10.813.618.021.724.8

11.615.019.122.826.6

14.017.522.125.928.9

15.118.524.127.131.0

16.520.025.229.032.1

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

EUT 300 B RADR FINISH

EUT 450 B RADR FINISH

Cat. Nos.

EUT 300 150 300REUT 300 150 450REUT 300 150 600REUT 300 150 750REUT 300 150 900R

EUT 300 450 300REUT 300 450 450REUT 300 450 600REUT 300 450 750REUT 300 450 900R

EUT 300 600 300REUT 300 600 450REUT 300 600 600REUT 300 600 750REUT 300 600 900R

EUT 300 750 300REUT 300 750 450REUT 300 750 600REUT 300 750 750REUT 300 750 900R

EUT 300 900 300REUT 300 900 450REUT 300 900 600REUT 300 900 750REUT 300 900 900R

EUT 450 150 300REUT 450 150 450REUT 450 150 600REUT 450 150 750REUT 450 150 900R

EUT 450 300 300REUT 450 300 450REUT 450 300 600REUT 450 300 750REUT 450 300 900R

EUT 450 600 300REUT 450 600 450REUT 450 600 600REUT 450 600 750REUT 450 600 900R

EUT 450 750 300REUT 450 750 450REUT 450 750 600REUT 450 750 750REUT 450 750 900R

EUT 450 900 300REUT 450 900 450REUT 450 900 600REUT 450 900 750REUT 450 900 900R

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For tees with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

END DETAIL

Quantity and spacing of rungs varies withradius and width, nominal pitch = 300.

Additional rungs (A) are fitted on tees of600 radius and above.

For information on the use of X, Y, and idimensions, refer to Data Sheets LR7.03and LR7.04.

Weightkg

WidthB

150

300

450

750

900

Rad

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

300450600750900

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

WidthW

600

11.914.719.423.326.5

12.716.520.524.428.5

13.717.422.525.529.5

16.520.325.929.033.1

18.222.127.031.134.2

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

LR4.06PAGE 3 OF 4

UNEQUALTEES

B = branch width

X

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

Y

678828978

11281278

678828978

11281278

678828978

11281278

678828978

11281278

678828978

11281278

Cat. Nos.

EUT 600 150 300REUT 600 150 450REUT 600 150 600REUT 600 150 750REUT 600 150 900R

EUT 600 300 300REUT 600 300 450REUT 600 300 600REUT 600 300 750REUT 600 300 900R

EUT 600 450 300REUT 600 450 450REUT 600 450 600REUT 600 450 750REUT 600 450 900R

EUT 600 750 300REUT 600 750 450REUT 600 750 600REUT 600 750 750REUT 600 750 900R

EUT 600 900 300REUT 600 900 450REUT 600 900 600REUT 600 900 750REUT 600 900 900R

EUT 600 B RADR FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For tees with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

Y

80

80RADIUS

i

X

A

A

A

WIDTHW

WIDTHB

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR4.06PAGE 4 OF 4

UNEQUALTEES

B =branch width

Weightkg

Y

753903

105312031353

753903

105312031353

753903

105312031353

753903

105312031353

753903

105312031353

828978

112812781428

828978

112812781428

828978

112812781428

828978

112812781428

828978

112812781428

X

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

828978

112812781428

453603753903

1053

528678828978

1128

603753903

10531203

678828978

11281278

753903

105312031353

WidthB

150

300

450

600

900

150

300

450

600

750

Rad

300450600750900(1)

300450600750900(1)

300450600750900(1)

300450600750900(1)

300450600750900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

300450600750(1)

900(1)

i

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

WidthW

750

900

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions givenare in millimetres (mm).

12.915.820.925.031.8

13.817.722.026.132.7

14.718.724.127.136.0

16.720.725.429.637.1

19.623.728.833.039.4

13.716.522.030.033.4

14.518.623.130.934.3

15.519.625.431.838.0

17.621.826.735.639.1

18.722.929.236.540.0

EUT 750 B RADR FINISH

EUT 900 B RADR FINISH

Cat. Nos.

EUT 750 150 300REUT 750 150 450REUT 750 150 600REUT 750 150 750REUT 750 150 900R

EUT 750 300 300REUT 750 300 450REUT 750 300 600REUT 750 300 750REUT 750 300 900R

EUT 750 450 300REUT 750 450 450REUT 750 450 600REUT 750 450 750REUT 750 450 900R

EUT 750 600 300REUT 750 600 450REUT 750 600 600REUT 750 600 750REUT 750 600 900R

EUT 750 900 300REUT 750 900 450REUT 750 900 600REUT 750 900 750REUT 750 900 900R

EUT 900 150 300REUT 900 150 450REUT 900 150 600REUT 900 150 750REUT 900 150 900R

EUT 900 300 300REUT 900 300 450REUT 900 300 600REUT 900 300 750REUT 900 300 900R

EUT 900 450 300REUT 900 450 450REUT 900 450 600REUT 900 450 750REUT 900 450 900R

EUT 900 600 300REUT 900 600 450REUT 900 600 600REUT 900 600 750REUT 900 600 900R

EUT 900 750 300REUT 900 750 450REUT 900 750 600REUT 900 750 750REUT 900 750 900R

(For illustration see previous page).DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

UNEQUAL TEE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For tees with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For tees with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470. For tees with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

(1) Supplied in 2 parts for assembly on site

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 4 bolts can be inserted.

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

E M10 single coil springwasher

F M10 nut

FASTENERS(Supplied withcouplers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Crosspieces in larger width/radius combinations are supplied in two identicalhalves for on-site assembly. Information on dimensions and weights, together withassembly details, are given overleaf.

For information on the use ofX, Y and i dimensions, referto Data Sheets LR7.03 andLR7.04.

Additional rungs (A) are fittedto large radius crosspieces.

Weightkg

Rad

300450600

300450

300450

300

300

12.316.120.8

13.918.0

15.720.3

18.5

21.4

WidthW

150

300

450

600

750

Y

454604754

529679

604754

679

754

X

454604754

529679

604754

679

754

i

537750962

537750

537750

537

537

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given arein millimetres (mm).

LR4.07PAGE 1 OF 2

4-WAYCROSSPIECES

W = width

Cat. Nos.

EX 150 300REX 150 450REX 150 600R

EX 300 300REX 300 450R

EX 450 300REX 450 450R

EX 600 300R

EX 750 300R

EX W RADR FINISH

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTSFOR ONE PIECE UNITS

CROSSPIECE TOSTRAIGHT LENGTH COUPLER BOLTING

Finish: For crosspieces with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. Forcrosspieces with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For crosspieces with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

Y80

80

RADIUS

i

WIDTHW

WIDTHW

X

A A

A

A

A A

A

A

END DETAIL 30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

Note: When bolting to cut ends adjust couplerposition to ensure 8 bolts can be

Cat. Nos.

EMERALD

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

COUPLING DETAIL:Also refer toData SheetLR6.01.

A M10x20 coachboltB Side railC CouplerD M10 form A washer

FASTENERS(Supplied with cou-plers):

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR4.07PAGE 2 OF 2

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in otherfinishes, multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are inmillimetres (mm).

For information on the use ofX, Y and i dimensions, refer toData Sheets LR7.03 andLR7.04.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTSFOR TWO PIECE UNITS

4-WAYCROSSPIECES

EX W RADR FINISH

W = width

ASSEMBLY DETAIL FORTWO PIECE UNITS - detail A(Fasteners included):

A B C DC

A M6 nutB Shakeproof washerC Flat washer

- roofing washers for G and D- form A for S

D M6x16 set screw

Finish: For crosspieces with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. Forcrosspieces with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.For crosspieces with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required depending onthe installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

Weightkg

Rad

750900

600750900

600750900

450600750900

450600750900

300450600750900

29.334.4

23.131.837.2

29.534.339.7

22.532.337.843.4

27.836.641.547.5

23.531.639.345.752.4

WidthW

150

300

450

900

600

750

Y

9041054

829979

1129

90410541204

829979

11291279

904105412041354

829979

112912791429

X

9041054

829979

1129

90410541204

829979

11291279

904105412041354

829979

112912791429

i

11741386

96211741386

96211741386

750962

11741386

750962

11741386

537750962

11741386

Cat. Nos.

EX 150 750REX 150 900R

EX 300 600REX 300 750REX 300 900R

EX 450 600REX 450 750REX 450 900R

EX 600 450REX 600 600REX 600 750REX 600 900R

EX 750 450REX 750 600REX 750 750REX 750 900R

EX 900 300REX 900 450REX 900 600REX 900 750REX 900 900R

80

80

RADIUS

i

WIDTHW

X

Y

A

Y

END DETAIL 30 49

107

25 19 50

62.5

150

139 50

32

5.5

CHAMFER 7 x 45˚

4 SLOTS 37 x 13 2 HOLES 11 x 112 Ø 7.5 EARTHBONDING HOLES

Assembly detail for two pieceunits - detail A, see below.

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

PAGE 1 OF 2

Heavy duty cantilever arms enable horizontal runs of cableladder to be mounted to vertical steel, concrete or masonrysurfaces or to Swiftrack channel. They are suitable for usewith all cable ladder ranges except Opal and are available insix sizes to accommodate all ladder widths.

Cable ladder can be fitted to cantilever arms in two alternativepositions without the need for further drilling (see below).Appropriate slots are provided to ensure that the arm doesnot protrude beyond the ladder side rail for safety - seeinstallation details overleaf.Heavy duty cantilever arms are supplied singly withoutfasteners.

450 to 900

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

150 and 300

CLEARANCEINSTALLATION

NORMALINSTALLATION

B

—

—

45

95

145

195

A

250

400

550

700

850

1000

LadderWidth

1.0

1.6

2.5

3.6

4.9

6.5

WEIGHTkg

150

300

450

600

750

900

LR5.01

HEAVY DUTYCANTILEVERARMS

Z TopazP SapphireE Emerald

HCA W FINISH

W = ladder width

For Opal use:Light duty cantilever arms LCArefer to Data Sheet TY6.01.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) andare for hot dip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weightin other finishes, multiply the given weight bythe following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

A

FOUR 22 x 11RECTANGULAR SLOTSIN 150, SIX IN 300

TWO HOLESØ14

25

30

40

3

SIX 22 x 11RECTANGULARSLOTS

THREE HOLESØ14

B

25

30 A

40

3

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

BOLTABLE ANGLEDHOLD DOWN BRACKET

SLOTS FORBOLTABLE ANGLEDHOLD DOWN BRACKETS

SLOTS FORHOLD DOWNBRACKETS

HOLD DOWNBRACKET

LR5.01PAGE 2 OF 2

FIXING CANTILEVER ARM TO VERTICAL SUPPORTMounting holes for M12 fasteners are provided in the end plates; two for 150mm -300mm and three for 450mm - 900mm.

When fixing to Swiftrack channel use M12 bolts, washers and channel nuts.

FIXING LADDER TO CANTILEVER ARMAll heavy duty cantilever arms have slots in the top flange for attaching hold downbrackets and slots in the side flange for attaching boltable angled hold down brackets.

Each bracket can be used exclusively or a combination of both as preferred.

Insulated hold down brackets can be used to attach ladder to cantilever arms whenrequired.

For hold down bracket refer to Data SheetLR5.07.For boltable angled hold down bracket referto Data Sheet LR5.09.

Recommended safe workingload, kgf*

Arm fixed to rigidsurface

HCA 150

HCA 300

HCA 450

HCA 600

HCA 750

HCA 900

Cat. Nos.Arm fixed to

Swiftrack

300

350

400

500

600

700

250

250

300

350

400

450

* Per cantilever arm for load uniformly distributedacross the complete arm, when ladder fixed toarm using Swifts' hold down brackets. Safetyfactor: 2

INSTALLATION DETAILS

1 2 3

Y

1 2 3

X

X

60

LadderRange

TopazSapphireEmerald

Y

210

Use slots 1 and 2 for arm one widthgreater than ladder.

Use slots 1 and 3 for ladder and arm ofequal width.

NORMAL INSTALLATIONUsing arm and ladder of equal widths enablesthe ladder side rail to be positioned close to thevertical wall or support (dimension X).

CLEARANCE INSTALLATIONUsing arm one width greater than ladderincreases the distance between the ladder siderail and vertical wall (dimension Y). This allowseasy access to coupler fasteners and coverclips (if fitted).

Note:If covers are fitted the minimum clearance to thevertical support face (dimension X) must be30mm. However, for access to fit cover clips alarger clearance (i.e. dimension Y) is requiredwhen the vertical support is a solid face.

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR5.02PAGE 1 OF 2

Wall support brackets are an effective way of fixing anywidth of ladder, running either vertically or horizontally, toa vertical support.

These brackets can be mounted onto Swiftrack channel,structural steelwork or directly to a wall using M10 bolts(not included).

Wall support brackets are available for all ladder rangesand supplied in pairs with bracket to ladder fasteners.

for Cat. Nos. see table

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

Quantity of Fastenersper Bracket

TOPAZ

ZWSB

4

SAPPHIRE

PWSB

4

EMERALD

EWSB

4

OPAL

OWSB

2

OWSB PWSB(ZWSB and EWSB similar)

INSTALLATIONS

Verticalladder run

Horizontalladder run

WALLSUPPORTBRACKETS

WSB FINISH

O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Note: OWSB not available in D.

Horizontalladder run

Verticalladder run

W W+76

W = ladder width W = ladder width

W W+106

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

BA

D

C

3.0

FOUR 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

THREEØ11HOLES

30

30

30

30 22

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

ZWSB, PWSB,EWSB

OWSB

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres(mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg)and are for a pair of brackets in a hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate componentweight in other finishes, multiply the givenweight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

OWSB

ZWSB

PWSB

EWSB

B

38

42

42

42

A

60

75

75

75

DWGHT

kgCat. Nos.

ASSEMBLYHoles are provided for M10 setscrews - length and finish to suit application.

FIXING BRACKETS TO SUPPORTSOnly one fastener is needed to attach each bracket to its support; three attachmentholes are provided to give flexibility when positioning the ladder run.

FIXING BRACKETS TO LADDER - VERTICAL RUNSWhen installing ladder runs vertically, the full quantity of fasteners must be used toattach each bracket to the ladder. (Opal - 2 per bracket, all other ladder ranges - 4 perbracket).

FIXING BRACKETS TO LADDER - HORIZONTAL RUNSWhen installing ladder runs horizontally it is often easiest to mount the lower bracketsto the support, lift the ladder into position then mount the upper brackets. Thisprocedure is especially useful for single person installation.

PAGE 2 OF 2

FASTENERS (included):For quantity required see table on page 1.

OWSB

LOADINGNOTE: The following loading information is applicable to all ladder ranges

except Opal. For loading information and further advice on the Opalrange, contact our Sales Office.

VERTICAL LADDER RUNSFor a vertically mounted ladder installation, the maximum safe working load is300kg per pair of wall support brackets.

HORIZONTAL LADDER RUNSFor a horizontally mounted ladder installation, the wall support brackets should bepitched at 2-3m intervals so that the limiting factor for safe working load is the spanbetween brackets and the ladder width rather than the brackets. For furtherinformation on this type of installation, contact our Sales Office.

ZWSB,PWSB,EWSB

30

30

BA

DC

15

2.0

22

20

20

FIVE 15 x 7OBROUNDSLOTS

THREEØ11HOLES

45.0

86.0

111.0

123.5

C

1.5

9.0

9.0

9.0

0.3

0.8

1.0

1.0

G

C

D

H

J

K

A

B

C

D

B

E

F

LR5.02

A M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side railD BracketE M6 shakeproof washerF M6 nutG M10x20 coachboltH M10 form A washerJ M10 single coil spring washerK M10 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on theinstallation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

PAGE 1 OF 2

LR5.03

for Cat. Nos. see table

90° end connectors are used to fix the end of a cable ladderrun to a vertical surface (steel, concrete or masonry). Theyare supplied in pairs with bracket to ladder fasteners.

90°ENDCONNECTORS

B FINISH

Z TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Cat. Nos.

ZB

PB

EB

A

127

127

127

B

47

47

47

C

1.5

2.0

2.0

D

84

115

140

E

50

75

75

C

A

D

B

E

TWOØ11HOLES

FOUR 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

A

D

B

E

C

EIGHT 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

TWOØ11HOLES

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

WEIGHTkg

0.3

0.5

0.7

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

TOPAZ

ZB

SAPPHIRE

PB

EMERALD

EB

INSTALLATION

PB and EB

ZB

CONNECTOR TO LADDERFASTENERS (included):Four fasteners per bracket.ZB, PB, EB

M10x20 coachboltM10 form A washerM10 single coil spring washerM10 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40NmCONNECTOR TO SUPPORTFASTENERS:

Slots are provided for M10setscrews- length and finish to suit application.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) andare for two items (one 90° connector set) ina hot dip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weightin other finishes, multiply the given weight bythe following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

90° end connectors are used to fix the end of a cable ladder run to avertical surface (steel, concrete or masonry).They can also be used asa tee bracket for joining Opal to Opal ladder, refer to Data SheetLR6.06.

90° end connectors are supplied in pairs with bracket to ladderfasteners.

LR5.03PAGE 2 OF 2

90°ENDCONNECTORS

Cat. Nos.

OB FINISH

FOR USE ON: O Opal

INSTALLATION

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSThe weight given is in kilograms (kg) and isfor two items (one 90° connector set) in ahot dip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate componentweight in other finishes, multiply the givenweight by the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

C

2.0

WEIGHTkg

0.3

B

100

D

45

C

A

D

B

SIXTEEN 12 x 7OBROUND SLOTS

A

100

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

CONNECTOR TO LADDERFASTENERS (included):Two fasteners per bracket

M6x16 setscrewM6 washerM6 shakeproof washerM6 nut

Finish: For ladders with G finish, fastenersare high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment -contact our Sales Office for guidance.

CONNECTOR TO SUPPORTFASTENERS:

Holes are provided for M6 setscrews- length and finish to suit application.

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).E Powder coated (to customer's

specification).

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR5.04PAGE 1 OF 2

HEAVY DUTYTRAPEZEHANGERS

HTH W FINISH

W = ladder width

Z TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Heavy duty trapeze hangers are suitable for use with allcable ladder ranges except Opal. They enable all widths ofladder to be supported from overhead M12 threaded rodshung from ceiling brackets, Swiftrack support system orfrom beam clamps attached to joists or steel beams.

Heavy duty trapeze hangers are supplied singly withoutfasteners.

TYPICALINSTALLATION

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS For Opal use:Light duty trapeze hangers LTHrefer to Data Sheet TY6.04.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres(mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg)and are for hot dip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate componentweight in other finishes, multiply thegiven weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

FOUR 13 ØHOLES 2

TEN 22x11RECTANGULARSLOTS

40

C AB

B

310

460

610

760

910

1060

C

40

40

50

60

70

80

Rodsize

M12

M12

M12

M12

M12

M12

0.7

0.9

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.8

A

350

500

650

800

950

1100

LadderWidth

150

300

450

600

750

900

WEIGHTkg

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR5.04INSTALLATION DETAILS

Insulated versions of hold down clips (*F IN) and hold down brackets (*J IN) areavailable if required.

For further details of hold down clips and hold down brackets refer to Data SheetsLR5.06 and LR5.07.

Boltable angled hold down bracket(*P)

Hold down bracket (*J)Hold down clip (*F)

LADDER TO TRAPEZE HANGERAll trapeze hangers are provided with fixing slots correctly positioned to accept anyof Swifts' hold down brackets or clips without the need for further drilling. The slotswill accept all cable ladder ranges except Opal which should be installed using lightduty trapeze hangers (LTH). Refer to Data Sheet TY6.04.

A M12 threaded rodB M12 nutC WasherD Upper flangeE Lower flange

ABCD

E

TYPE C

ABCD

TYPE B

ABCD

BC

E

TYPE A

TYPE A

400

400

400

500

500

500

TYPE B

240

240

240

300

300

300

TYPE C

120

120

120

150

150

150

HTH 150

HTH 300

HTH 450

HTH 600

HTH 750

HTH 900

Cat. Nos.

* Per trapeze hanger for load uniformlydistributed across the complete hanger.Safety factor: 2

TRAPEZE HANGER TO THREADED RODThere are three alternative methods of fixing trapeze hangers to threaded rodsas shown below. The recommended safe working load for each width andmethod of fixing is given in the table.

Recommended safe workingload, kgf*

PAGE 2 OF 2

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

PAGE 1 OF 2

Hanger rod brackets are an effective way of supportingany width of cable ladder off studding without the need forspecial trapeze hangers or cut lengths of channel.

They are particularly useful when space to the sides of aladder run is restricted or where maximum headroom isrequired below a ladder run.

Hanger rod brackets are available for all ladder ranges andsupplied in pairs with bracket to ladder fasteners.

for Cat. Nos. see table

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

Quantity of Fastenersper Bracket

TOPAZ

ZRB

4

SAPPHIRE

PRB

4

EMERALD

ERB

4

OPAL

ORB

2

Multiple levelinstallation

ORB

PRB(ZRB and ERB similar)

INSTALLATIONS

LR5.05

HANGERRODBRACKETS

RB FINISH

O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Note: ORB not available in D.

When hanger rod brackets are fitted toladder, covers can not be used.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

ORB ZRB, PRB,ERB

ORB

ZRB

PRB

ERB

Cat. Nos.

120

A

15

B

3.0

FOUR 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

TWOØ13HOLES

15

FIVE 15 x 7OBROUNDSLOTS

100

A

B

TWOØ13HOLES

3.0

LR5.05PAGE 2 OF 2

G C D H J K

BRACKET TO LADDERFASTENERS (included):For quantity required see table on page 1.

ORB

ZRB,PRB,ERB

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

0.6

0.9

1.0

1.1

A

46

80

104

127

WEIGHTkgB

41

48

48

48

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg)and are for a pair of brackets in a hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate componentweight in other finishes, multiply the givenweight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

ASSEMBLYHanger rod brackets for Opal ladders are designed for use with M10 threaded rod.Brackets for use with all other ladder ranges can be used with either M10 or M12threaded rod.

BRACKET TO LADDERBrackets are fixed directly to the outside of the ladder siderail as shown. The slotsin the side rail and the bracket provide sufficient movement to align the bracketwith the threaded rod.

BRACKET TO THREADED RODFour nuts and washers are used to fix each bracket to the threaded rod. Thisensures the stability of the support and also optimises the safe working load.

LOADINGThe safe working load of all brackets, apart from those used on Opal, is 400kg perpair of brackets. For information on the safe working load of Opal brackets,contact our Sales Office.

When several levels of ladder are mounted on the same threaded rods, it isimportant to ensure that the total load on any pair of rods does not exceed the safeworking load of the rods or their attachment points.

A C D B E FB

A M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side railD BracketE M6 shakeproof

washerF M6 nut

G M10x20 coachboltH M10 form A washerJ M10 single coil

spring washerK M10 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on theinstallation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

A

B

C

D

A M10 or M12 threaded rodB Hanger rod bracketC M10 or M12 form A washerD M10 or M12 nut

BRACKET TO THREADED RODFASTENERS (not included):

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

018A-INS HOLD DOWN CLIPP.3017A-HOLD DOWN CLIP

PAGE 1 OF 2

HOLD DOWNCLIPS & INSULATED HOLDDOWN CLIPS

Hold down clips are used for fixing cable ladder to trapezehangers, Swiftrack channel or other flat support surfaces.They are fitted on the outside of the ladder side rail.

Insulated versions for stainless steel ladder are available.

Hold down clips are supplied singly without fasteners.Insulated hold down clips are supplied with the requirednylon insulating pad, bush and washers.

for Cat. Nos. see table

ZF, PF, EF Cat. Nos.

OF

ZF

PF

EF

WEIGHTkg

2.2

6.9

6.9

6.9

INSULATED HOLD DOWN CLIPF

STANDARD HOLD DOWN CLIPF IN

INSTALLATIONS

TOPAZ

ZF

ZF IN

OPAL

OF

OF IN

SAPPHIRE

PF

PF IN

EMERALD

EF

EF IN

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

Cat. Nos.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Hold down clips shown are suitable for Topaz, Sapphire and Emeraldladders (with return flange). Clips used for Opal ladder have a lesspronounced single bend.

STANDARD HOLD DOWN CLIP

INSULATED HOLD DOWN CLIP

LR5.06

F FINISH

F IN FINISH

O Opal Z Topaz P Sapphire E Emerald

OF

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms(kg) and are for 100 clips in a hotdip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes, multiply the given weightby the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Note: OF and OF IN not available in D.

ONE HOLE Ø11

3

4065

15

P.3019A-Z,P,E-CLIP ISO

ONE HOLE Ø7.5

40

24

33

O.3012A-OF DIMS

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.CELOGO-001 black

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

NYLON PADØ15 NYLON BUSH

NYLON WASHER

HOLD DOWN CLIP HOLD DOWN CLIP

P.3021A-Z,P,E CLIP FIX

INSULATED HOLD DOWN CLIPInsulated hold down clips are assembled as shown (typical), with the nylon pad,bush and washer providing the required insulation. Standard hold down clips areassembled in the same way, but without the insulating parts (bold type).

ASSEMBLYLR5.06

PAGE 2 OF 2

FASTENERS:

F (except OF)

Use M10 screw, nut and washers to suitthe application (not included).

OF

Use M6 screw, nut and washers to suitthe application (not included).

F IN & OF IN

Use fasteners illustrated - only thoseshown in bold type are included.

F IN F

SUPPORTSAll types of support from the Swifts' range are provided with correctlypositioned fixing holes to accept hold down clips without drilling. Thetable contains data on fixing hole spacing required when attachinghold down clips to other supports.

Centre distance between fixing holes

.Cat. Nos.

OF

ZF

PF

EF

W + 35

W + 95

W + 95

W + 95

F IN OF INM10 x 40 LONG GRADE A4-70 STAINLESS STEEL SETSCREW

M10 GRADE A4 STAINLESS STEEL FORM A WASHER

NYLON 66 INSULATING PAD

M10 NYLON 66 BUSH 7.5 LONG

M10 NYLON 66 WASHER

STAINLESS STEEL HOLD DOWN CLIP

M10 GRADE A4-70 STAINLESS STEEL NUT

M10 GRADE A4 STAINLESS STEEL SPRING WASHER

M10 GRADE A4 STAINLESS STEEL FORM A WASHER

M6 x 40 LONG GRADE A4-70 STAINLESS STEEL SETSCREW

M6 GRADE A4 STAINLESS STEEL FORM A WASHER

NYLON 66 INSULATING PAD

M6 NYLON 66 BUSH 7.5 LONG

M6 NYLON 66 WASHER

M6 GRADE A4-70 STAINLESS STEEL NUT

M6 GRADE A4 STAINLESS STEEL SPRING WASHER

M6 GRADE A4 STAINLESS STEEL FORM A WASHER

STAINLESS STEEL HOLD DOWN CLIP

W = ladder width

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 - 2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer's specification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.CELOGO-001 black

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

P.3023A-INS HOLD DOWN BRKTP.3022B-HOLD DOWN BRKT

J ININSULATED HOLD DOWN BRACKET

Hold down brackets are used for fixing cable ladder tocantilever arms, trapeze hangers, Swiftrack channel orother flat support surfaces.

They can be fitted on the inside or outside of the ladderside rail, but when used with other items from the Swifts'range refer to the relevant data sheet for specific orienta-tion details.

Insulated versions for stainless steel ladder are available.

Hold down brackets are supplied singly without fasteners.Insulated hold down brackets are supplied with therequired nylon insulating pad, bush and washers.

INSTALLATIONS

STANDARD HOLD DOWN BRACKETJ

TOPAZ

ZJ

ZJ IN

OPAL

OJ

OJ IN

SAPPHIRE

PJ

PJ IN

EMERALD

EJ

EJ IN

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

Cat. Nos.

STANDARD HOLD DOWN BRACKET

INSULATED HOLD DOWN BRACKET

Cat.Nos.

OJ

ZJ

PJ

EJ

B

23

31

31

31

WEIGHTkg

11.0

17.0

19.0

21.0

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

ZJ, PJ,EJ

OJ

LR5.07PAGE 1 OF 2

HOLD DOWNBRACKETS &INSULATED HOLDDOWN BRACKETS

J FINISH

J IN FINISH

for Cat. Nos. see table

O Opal Z Topaz P Sapphire E Emerald

A

50

103

128

153

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms(kg) and are for 100 brackets in ahot dip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes, multiply the given weightby the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Note: OJ and OJ IN not available in D.

1040

33

2

ONE 14 x 7 SLOT

A

B

O.3017-OJ DIMS

40B

A3

ONE HOLE Ø11

39

18

P.3024A-Z,P,E HD BKT ISO

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.CELOGO-001 black

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

HOLD DOWN BRACKETHOLD DOWN BRACKET

NYLON PADØ15 NYLON BUSH

NYLON WASHER

P.3026A-Z,P,E HD BKT FIX

Cat. Nos.

OJ

ZJ

PJ

EJ

W - 38

W - 44

W - 44

W - 44

W + 62

W + 80

W + 80

W + 80

Centre distance between fixing holesInside ladder Outside ladder

OJ IN

M10 x 40 LONG GRADE A4-70 STAINLESS STEEL SETSCREW

M10 GRADE A4 STAINLESS STEEL FORM A WASHER

NYLON 66 INSULATING PAD

M10 NYLON 66 BUSH 7.5 LONG

M10 NYLON 66 WASHER

M10 GRADE A4-70 STAINLESS STEEL NUT

M10 GRADE A4 STAINLESS STEEL SPRING WASHER

M10 GRADE A4 STAINLESS STEEL FORM A WASHER

STAINLESS STEEL HOLD DOWN BRACKET

J IN J

LR5.07PAGE 2 OF 2

FASTENERS:

J (except OJ)

Use M10 screw, nut and washers to suitthe application (not included).

OJ

Use M6 screw, nut and washers to suitthe application (not included).

J IN & OJ IN

Use fasteners illustrated - only those inbold type are included.

ASSEMBLYINSULATED HOLD DOWN BRACKETInsulated hold down brackets are assembled as shown (typical), with the nylon pad,bush and washer providing the required insulation. Standard hold down bracketsare assembled in the same way, but without the insulating parts (bold type).

SUPPORTSAll types of support from the Swifts' range are provided with correctlypositioned fixing holes to accept hold down brackets without drilling.The table contains data on fixing hole spacing required when attachinghold down brackets to other supports.

W = ladder width

M6 x 40 LONG GRADE A4-70 STAINLESS STEEL SETSCREW

M6 GRADE A4 STAINLESS STEEL FORM A WASHER

NYLON 66 INSULATING PAD

M6 NYLON 66 BUSH 7.5 LONG

M6 NYLON 66 WASHER

M6 GRADE A4-70 STAINLESS STEEL NUT

M6 GRADE A4 STAINLESS STEEL SPRING WASHER

M6 GRADE A4 STAINLESS STEEL FORM A WASHER

STAINLESS STEEL HOLD DOWN BRACKET

O.3018-OJ IN EXP

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 - 2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer's specification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.CELOGO-001 black

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

P.3029A-N/SWIFTRACK 1

P.3030A-N/SWIFTRACK 2

PAGE 1 OF 1

Boltable hold down brackets enable all ranges of cableladder except Opal to be secured to either Swiftrack orfabricated structural steel supports. Brackets can be fittedwherever supports are available along the length of theladder and fit to the inside of the ladder side rails thusminimising the total width required.

Boltable hold down brackets are supplied singly withbracket to ladder fasteners.

for Cat. Nos. see table

INSTALLATIONS

SUPPORT UNDER RUNGSUPPORT BETWEEN RUNGS

TOPAZ

ZN

SAPPHIRE

PN

EMERALD

EN

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

18

3

FOUR 37x13RECTANGULARSLOTS

55

55

180

45

A

60

When attaching boltable hold down brackets to fabricated structuralsteel supports, the spacing between fixing holes should be W-64mm,where W is the ladder width.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) andare for a single bracket in a hot dip gal-vanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weightin other finishes, multiply the given weight bythe following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

LR5.08

BOLTABLEHOLD DOWNBRACKETS

N FINISH

Z Topaz P Sapphire E Emerald

A

43.0

68.5

80.5

Cat. Nos.

ZN

PN

EN

WEIGHTkg

0.2

0.3

0.3

For fixing cable ladder to Swifts' cantilever arms or trapeze hangersuse boltable angled hold down bracket P; refer to Data SheetLR5.09.

BRACKET TO LADDER FASTENERS (included):One fastener per bracket.

ZN, PN, EN:M10 x 20 coachboltM10 form A washerM10 single coil spring washerM10 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes, Fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. For ladders with S finish, fasteners are corrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.

For ladders with E finish, the fasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. An alternative material for fasteners may be required depending on the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

BRACKET TO SUPPORT FASTENERS (not included):Slots are provided for M10 setscrews - length to suit application.

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 - 2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer's specification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.CELOGO-001 black

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

P.3036A-P/OVER HTH

P.3034A-P/TRAPEZE

P.3035A-P/LTH

P.3033A-P/CANT ARM

TRAPEZE HANGER UNDER RUNG (1)

TRAPEZE HANGER UNDER RUNG (2)

PAGE 1 OF 1

LR5.09

BOLTABLEANGLEDHOLD DOWNBRACKETS

P FINISH

for Cat. Nos. see table

Boltable angled hold down brackets enable the Topaz,Sapphire and Emerald ranges of cable ladder to be securedto Swifts' heavy duty cantilever arms and trapeze hangers.Brackets can be fitted wherever supports are available alongthe length of the ladder and fit to the inside of the ladder siderails thus minimising the total width required.

Boltable angled hold down brackets are supplied in handedpairs with bracket to ladder fasteners.

INSTALLATIONS

CANTILEVER ARM BETWEEN RUNGS

TRAPEZE HANGER BETWEEN RUNGS

For fixing cable ladder to Swiftrack channel or structural steel supportsuse boltable hold down bracket N; refer to Data Sheet LR5.08.

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

SAPPHIRE

PP

TOPAZ

ZP

EMERALD

EP

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTkg

0.2

0.2

0.3

A

43.0

68.0

80.5

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

TWO 22 x 11 RECTANGULAR SLOTS

29

5325

60

A

60 18

3.0

ONE 37 x 13 RECTANGULAR SLOT

Cat. Nos.

ZP

PP

EP

BRACKET TO LADDER FASTENERS (included):One fastener per bracket.

ZP, PP, EP:M10 x 20 coachboltM10 form A washerM10 single coil spring washerM10 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes, fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. For ladders with S finish, fasteners are corrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.

For ladders with E finish, the fasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. An alternative material for fasteners may be required depending on the installation environment - contact our Sales Office for guidance.

BRACKET TO SUPPORT FASTENERS (not included):

Slots are provided for M10 setscrews - length to suit application.

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg)and are for a single bracket in a hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate componentweight in other finishes, multiply thegiven weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Z Topaz P Sapphire E Emerald

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.CELOGO-001 black

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

P.3052A-PAMB VERTICAL/BOX

P.3053A-PAMB HORIZONTAL/BOXP.3051A-ANCIL. MOUNTING BKT

PAGE 1 OF 2

Ancillary mounting brackets are designed to enable ancillaryequipment to be mounted to horizontal or vertical cable lad-der runs. They can be used singly to support small items, orany number can be used for larger or heavier items.

Ancillary mounting brackets are supplied singly with bracketto ladder fasteners.

LR5.10

AMB W FINISH

W = ladder width

INSTALLATIONS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Ladder Width (W)

150

300

450

600

750

900

t

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

2.0

2.0

0.6

0.7

0.8

1.0

1.4

1.6

WEIGHTkg

ANCILLARYMOUNTINGBRACKETS

O/- OpalFOR USE ON:

BRACKET TO LADDER FASTENERS (included):

M10x20 coachboltM10 form A washerM10 single coil spring washerM10 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes, fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. For ladders with S finish, fasteners are corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, the fasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. An alternative material for fasteners may be required depending on the installation environment - contact our Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

BRACKET TO ANCILLARY FASTENERS (not included):Slots are provided for attaching ancillary items.

Four fasteners per bracket

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 - 2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer's specification).

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres(mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) andare for a single item in a hot dip galvanisedG finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weightin other finishes, multiply the given weightby the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94 Powder coated (E) x 0.97

3

t

60

FOUR 37 x 13 RECTANGULAR SLOTS

140

Z Topaz P Sapphire E Emerald

Cat. Nos.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.CELOGO-001 black

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

LR5.10

OAMB W FINISH

W = ladder width

WEIGHTkg

0.2

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.4

0.5

100

150

225

300

450

600

Ladder Width (W)

ANCILLARYMOUNTINGBRACKETS

O.3034A-OAMB VERT/BOX

Ancillary mounting brackets are designed to enable ancillaryequipment to be mounted to horizontal or vertical cable lad-der runs. They can be used singly to support small items, orany number can be used for larger or heavier items.

Ancillary mounting brackets are supplied singly with bracketto ladder fasteners.

INSTALLATIONS

O.3032A-O ANC MTG BKT

O.3033A-OAMB UP/BOX

100

SIX 23 x 8 OBROUND SLOTS

61

2

1.5

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) andare for a single item in a hot dip galvanisedG finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weightin other finishes, multiply the given weightby the following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94 Powder coated (E) x 0.97

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).E Powder coated (to customer's

specification).

BRACKET TO LADDER FASTENERS (included):Four fasteners per bracket.M6x16 setscrewM6 washerM6 shakeproof washerM6 nut

Finish: For ladders with G finish, fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. For ladderswith S finish, fasteners are corrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.

For ladders with E finish, the fasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. An alternative material for fasteners may be required depending on the installation environment - contact our Sales Office for guidance.

BRACKET TO ANCILLARY FASTENERS (not included):Slots for M6 fasteners are provided for attach-ing ancillary items.

PAGE 2 OF 2

O Opal

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.CELOGO-001 black

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

P.3059B-PMP VERTICAL/BOXP.3058B-PMP HORIZONTAL/BOX

LR5.11

RUNG MOUNTING SIDE RAIL MOUNTING(NOT SUITABLE FOR OPAL )

The ancillary mounting plate is used for mounting small andlightweight items of ancillary equipment to cable ladder runs.

They can be fitted to bridge adjacent rungs on all cable ladderranges, or they can be fixed perpendicularly to the inside of aside rail for all ladder ranges except Opal. The design of theOpal side rail with a single row of slots does not allow a sufficiently stable mounting for the plate.

Ancillary mounting plates are supplied singly with plate toladder fasteners.

PAGE 1 OF 2

MP FINISH

O Opal Z Topaz P Sapphire E Emerald

Weight: 0.9kg

ANCILLARYMOUNTINGPLATE

INSTALLATIONS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSThe weight given is in kilograms (kg) and isfor a single item in a hot dip galvanised Gfinish.

To obtain the appropriate componentweight in other finishes, multiply the givenweight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94 Powder coated (E) x 0.97

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 - 2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer's specification).

Note: D not available for Opal

FOUR 30 x 6 RECTANGULAR SLOTS

354

150

2

14

FIFTEEN 20 x 8 SOFT RECTANGULAR SLOTS

ELEVEN 37 x 13 RECTANGULAR SLOTS

FOUR 45 x 6 RECTANGULAR SLOTS

Ø20

P.3062A-MP ISO

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.CELOGO-001 black

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

P.3060A-PMP-FIX HORIZ

A

B

LR5.11

TOPAZ

RUNG FIXING POSITIONS (A OR B)

SIDE RAIL FIXING POSITIONS (C)

ALL LADDER RANGES

SAPPHIREEMERALD

ASSEMBLY

PLATE TO LADDER FASTENERS(included):Four fasteners per plate for fixing positions A

and B.

Three fasteners per plate for fixing position C.

A (with type 1 rung)M10x 20 coachboltM10 form A washerM10 single coil spring washerM10 nut

B (with type 2 rung)G & D finishesM6x12 roofing boltM6 roofing washers (2 off)M6 nut

S finishM6x12 pan head screwM6 form A washerM6 square washerM6 nut

C (with type 1 rung)M10x20 coachboltM10 form A washerM10 single coil spring washerM10 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes, fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8. For ladders with S finish, fasteners are corrosion resistant stainless Grade A470.

For ladders with E finish, the fasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. An alternative material for fasteners may be required depending on the installation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

PLATE TO ANCILLARY FASTENERS (not included):Slots are provided for attaching ancillary items.

PAGE 2 OF 2

P.3061B-PMP-FIX VERT

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

CABLE LADDERCOUPLERS

LR6.01

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

Quantity of Fastenersper coupler

Joggles are formed in the bottom of PC and ECcouplers to allow easy installation of ladder cutlengths.

PAGE 1 OF 2

EMERALD

EC

8

SAPPHIRE

PC

8

TOPAZ

ZC

4

OPAL

OC

4

INSTALLATIONS

Couplers are used for joining together straight lengths in theTopaz, Sapphire and Emerald cable ladder ranges, and forjoining cut lengths of Opal cable ladder to straight lengthsor fittings.

Fittings in the Topaz, Sapphire and Emerald cable ladderranges have integral couplers. See individual data sheets formore information.

Even when ladders are cut to length, the slots in the couplerwill always align with slots in the ladder side rail.

Couplers are supplied in pairs. For Topaz, Sapphire andEmerald these are supplied with the appropriate quantity offasteners: fasteners for Opal are supplied with the straightlengths and fittings.

for Cat. Nos. see table

C FINISH

ZC

PC

EC

COUPLING DETAILS

Bolt positions shown are asrecommended for uncut straightladder lengths.

When joints to cut lengths of ladderare made, the coupler positionshould be adjusted to enable thecorrect number of fasteners to befitted in the table.

Note: OC not available in D.

OCOpal couplers are onlyrequired when ladder iscut to length.

OPAL coupling (cut lengths only)Cut the side rail at the joggle joint 100mm longerthan the required length.

Locate the joggle end of a straight length or fittingin the side rail of the cut length and butt-join theopposite side rails.

Secure the joggle joint. Fit a coupler to theoutside of the butt-joined side rails across thejoint. Adjust the coupler position to align the slotswith the side rail slots and secure it with thefasteners.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

PAGE 2 OF 2

OC ECZC PC

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

C

B

A

50

75

SIX 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

D

C

B

A

50

75

SIX 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

DC

B

A

50

75

SIX 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

D

G C D H J K

WEIGHTkgD

1.5

1.5

2.0

2.0

OC

ZC

PC

EC

0.3

0.6

1.0

1.2

B

10

13

13

13

46

95

119

144

CCat. Nos.

A

200

220

220

220

LR6.01

ASSEMBLYNOTE: Bolts should be inserted through the side rail first.

For location of coupler and position of fasteners refer to the relevant ladder or fitting datasheet.

TOPAZ, SAPPHIRE and EMERALDcouplingSlide the couplers under the return flanges of oneladder side rail and loosely fit a single fastener toeach coupler to hold it in place.

Slide the second ladder over both couplers,adjust each coupler position to align the slots withthe side rail slots and secure with all fasteners.

G M10x20 coachboltH M10 form A washerJ M10 single coil

spring washerK M10 nut

B

C

A

SIX 23 x 8OBROUNDSLOTS

D

33.3

FASTENERS (included):For quantity required see table on page 1.

A C D B E FB

OC

ZC, PC, EC

A M6x16 setscrewsB M6 washerC Side railD CouplerE M6 shakeproof

washerF M6 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) andare for two couplers in a hot dip galvanisedG finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weightin other finishes, multiply the given weightby the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

100

JOGGLE JOINT

UNCUT LENGTHOR FITTING CUT LENGTH

BUTT JOINT

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR6.02

FLEXIBLEEXPANSIONCOUPLERS

PAGE 1 OF 2

INSTALLATIONS

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

Quantity of Fastenersper coupler*

OPAL

OE

4

TOPAZ

ZE

4

SAPPHIRE

PE

8

EMERALD

EE

8

* For normal installation, or per pair (each side) for stiffened installation.

for Cat. Nos. see table

Flexible expansion couplers should normally be installed with theridges facing outward, away from the bed of the ladder.

If necessary, except for Opal, the stiffness of each joint can beincreased by mounting pairs of couplers back-to-back (with one set ofridges facing inwards and the other set facing outwards as shownabove) on either side of the cable ladder. The allowance for differentialmovement remains unchanged (see page 2).

Rigid support for the cable ladder should be provided on bothsides adjacent to each joint.

PE Stiffened installation(ZE and EE similar)

E FINISH

Flexible expansion couplers can be used to:

a. provide a semi-flexible joint where ladder runs spanseparate structures between which some relativemovement is possible.

b. provide compensation for changes in the length of astraight cable ladder run due to temperature variations.

Flexible expansion couplers are supplied in pairs withfasteners.

OE/-

PE Normal installation(ZE and EE similar)

Note: OE not available in D.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

D

B

A

C

EIGHT 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

D

B

A

C

LR6.02PAGE 2 OF 2

D

B

A

C

EIGHT 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

PEEE

OEFASTENERS (included):For quantity required see table on page 1.

OE

G C D H J K

ZE, PE, EE

Cat. Nos.

0.2

0.6

1.1

1.4

D

1.0

1.0

1.5

1.5

C

80.0

113.0

111.5

111.5

B

42

84

115

138

OE

ZE

PE

EE

WEIGHTkgA

254

320

317

317

D

A

B

C

EIGHT 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are inmillimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg)and are for two items (one flexibleexpansion coupler set) in a hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate componentweight in other finishes, multiply thegiven weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Each joint formed by flexible expansion couplers provides for up to 10mm oflinear movement between the two adjacent ladders.

To calculate the ideal distance between flexible expansion couplerinstallations, use the formula: L = KS

TWhere: L = distance between flexible expansion couplers, in metres

KS= 909 for mild steel, 962 for stainless steel.T = temperature range (in °C) for which allowance is to be made.

NOTE: Coefficients of linear expansion: mild steel = 11 x 10-6/ °Cstainless steel = 10.4 x 10-6/ °C

A D C B E FB

ASSEMBLYSPACING OF FLEXIBLE EXPANSION COUPLERS

A M6x16 setscrewsB M6 washerC Side railD CouplerE M6 shakeproof

washerF M6 nut

G M10x20 coachboltH M10 form A washerJ M10 single coil spring

washerK M10 nut

ZE

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

INSTALLATIONS

LR6.03PAGE 1 OF 2

Bendable Connectorsre-aligning the run

Bendable connectors can be used for:

a. fabricating fittings on site from cut lengths of cableladder.

b. reducing width of a run to the next size down when aproperly manufactured reducer is not available.

c. correcting minor mis-alignment problems.

d. coupling lengths of ladder to form articulated bends.

Bendable connectors are supplied in pairs with fasteners.

OPAL

OH

42

TOPAZ

ZH

42

SAPPHIRE

PH

84

EMERALD

EH

84

Bendable Connectorsreducing width of run

Bendable Connectorsforming a longarticulated bend

Opal bendable connectors must be fitted to theinside of the ladder side rails.

Rigid support for the cable ladder should beprovided on both sides adjacent to each joint.

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

Quantity of Fasteners:per connectorper additional connector

for Cat. Nos. see table

H FINISH

BENDABLECONNECTORS

Bendable Connectorsbending the run

COUPLING DETAILS

Bolt positions shown are asrecommended for uncut straightladder lengths.

When joints to cut lengths of ladderare made, the connector positionshould be adjusted to enable thecorrectnumber of fasteners to be fitted inthe table.

Note: OH not available in D.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTSLR6.03

OH

PAGE 2 OF 2

C

A B

EIGHT 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTSPH

C

A B

EIGHT 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

FASTENERS (included):For quantity required see table on page 1.

OHCat. Nos.

C

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

B

45

84

115

140

OH

ZH

PH

EH

A

200

250

250

250

0.2

0.5

0.7

0.8

WEIGHTkg

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and arefor two items (one bendable connector set) in ahot dip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight inother finishes, multiply the given weight by thefollowing factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

C

AB

EIGHT 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

EH

C

AB

EIGHT 15 x 7OBROUND SLOTS

G C D H J K

ZH, PH, EH

A D C B E FB

ZH

A M6x16 setscrewsB M6 washerC Side railD ConnectorE M6 shakeproof

washerF M6 nut

G M10x20 coachboltH M10 form A washerJ M10 single coil spring

washerK M10 nut

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

INSTALLATIONS

B

E

CD

FOUR 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

A

LR6.04PAGE 1 OF 2

VERTICALHINGEDCONNECTORS

Vertical hinged connectors can be used for:a fabricating fittings on-site from cut lengths of

cable ladder.b solving minor vertical mis-alignment problems.c coupling articulated risers to adjacent ladders; refer

to Data Sheet LR6.05.

Vertical hinged connectors are supplied in sets comprisingfour plates and fasteners.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTkgDB

45

80

115

140

OV

ZV

PV

EV

Cat. Nos.A

142

212

250

270

0.3

0.8

1.5

2.0

E

1.5

1.5

2.0

2.0

EV

ZV

PVB

A

EEIGHT 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

CD

BA

E

EIGHT 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

CD

PV(ZV and EVsimilar)

Opal vertical hinged connectorsmust be fitted to the inside of theladder side rails.

OV

BA

EEIGHT 12 x 7OBROUNDSLOTS

CD

OV

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

Quantity of Fasteners:per connector to ladderper connector to connector

for Cat. Nos. see table

V FINISH

EMERALD

EV

4 x M103 x M10

ZV

2 x M103 x M6

TOPAZ

OV

2 x M63 x M6

OPAL

PV

4 x M103 x M10

SAPPHIRE

C

115.0

172.0

192.5

201.0

35.0

50.0

71.0

79.5

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms(kg) and are for a set of four platesin a hot dip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriatecomponent weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by thefollowing factors:Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Note: OV not available in D.

COUPLING DETAILS

Bolt positions shown are asrecommended for uncut straightladder lengths.

When joints to cut lengths ofladder are made, the connectorposition should be adjusted toenable the correct number offasteners to be fitted in the table.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

LR6.04PAGE 2 OF 2

CONNECTOR TO LADDERFASTENERS (included):For quantity required see table on page 1.

G C D H J K

OV

ZV, PV, EV

ASSEMBLY

45°

y:w

F:C

15°

y:v

G:C

18°

-

A:F

22.5°

-

E:B

x:u

B:G

30°

OV

ZV, PV, EV

A BC

D

EFG

H O

E F G

O HD

CB A

u vw

xyz o o z

x y

wv u

ComponentReference

OV

ZV, PV & EV

Vertical hinged connectors can either be connected together to form pre-setangles or pre-assembled for adjustment in situ.

1 Identify the correct outer fixing holes for the required pre-setangle (see table and illustration below).

2 Insert a fastener through the identified holes in both plates and fit alocking washer and nut but do not fully tighten.

Do not insert fasteners through the centre hole first, this makesidentification of the outer holes very difficult.

3 Move the two connectors to align the centre holes. Insert a fastenerthrough the holes and fit a locking washer and nut but do not fully tighten.

4 Insert a third fastener through a slot in one connector and an aligninghole in the other. Fit a locking washer and nut.

5 Tighten all fasteners.

ASSEMBLY TO A PRE-SET ANGLE

PRE-ASSEMBLY FOR ADJUSTMENT IN-SITU1 Insert a fastener through the outer hole of both connectors. Fit a locking

washer and nut and tighten sufficiently to hold the assembly togetherwhile it is carried to the installation position.

2 Fit the assembly to the installed ladders.

3 Insert a second fastener through the slot in one connector and analigning hole and fit fit a locking washer and nut.

4 If possible, insert a third fastener through either the alternate slot and analigning hole, or two aligning holes. Fit a locking washer and nut.

5 Tighten all fasteners.

A D C B E FB

CONNECTOR TO CONNECTORFASTENERS (included):For quantity required see table on page 1

A M6x16 setscrewsB M6 washerC Side railD ConnectorE M6 shakeproof

washerF M6 nut

G M10x20 coachboltH M10 form A washerJ M10 single coil spring

washerK M10 nut

A D B E FB L D H J KH

OV/-, ZV/- PV/-, EV/-OV, ZV PV, EV

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

A

245

280

315

338

Two ArticulatedRiser sectionsused as a riser

DIMENSIONS

A B

CD

BA

CD

A B

CD

OAR ZAR

PAR EAR

LR6.05PAGE 1 OF 2

ARTICULATEDRISERS

D

1.5

1.5

2.0

2.0

Cat. Nos.

OAR

ZAR

PAR

EAR

B

50

90

127

150

200

200

200

200

C

All dimensions given are inmillimetres (mm).

One or more articulated riser sets can be used to solvemost mis-alignment problems on site.

Each set comprises three articulated riser sections, thenecessary vertical hinged connectors and fasteners.

Articulated risers are available with all rung options, refer toData Sheet LR7.01.

Articulated Riser Setbridging obstructions on site

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

Quantity of Fastenersper riser to riser joint

Opal vertical hinged connectors must be fitted to the inside ofthe ladder side rails.

Rigid support for the cable ladder should be provided on bothsides adjacent to each vertical hinged connector joint.

OPAL

OAR

3 x M6

TOPAZ

ZAR

3 x M6

SAPPHIRE

PAR

3 x M10

EMERALD

EAR

3 x M10

The quantity of fasteners for vertical hinged connectors is given in Data Sheet LR6.04.

W = ladder width

for Cat. Nos. see table

AR W FINISH

AB

CD

Note: OAR not available in D.

INSTALLATIONS

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

900LR6.05

PAGE 2 OF 2 -

1.8

2.4

2.8

750

-

1.6

2.2

2.6

600

0.7

1.3

1.9

2.3

450

0.6

1.1

1.8

2.1

0.5

1.0

1.6

2.0

300225

0.5

-

-

-

150

0.4

0.8

1.5

1.8

100

0.4

-

-

-

OAR

ZAR

PAR

EAR

Cat. Nos.

WEIGHTS

RISER TO RISER FASTENERS(included): For quantity required see table on page 1.

A C B D EB F C G H JG

OAR/-, ZAR/- PAR/-, EAR/- A M6x16 setscrewB M6 washerC Side railsD M6 shakeproof washerE M6 nutF M10x20 setscrewG M10 form A washerH M10 single coil spring

washerJ M10 nut

All weights given are in kilograms (kg) and are for a singlearticulated riser section in a hot dip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Recommended Torque Setting (M10): 40NmFinish:For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners may berequired depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

OAR, ZAR PAR, EAR

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

OAR

ZAR, PAR, EAR

y:w

F:C

15°

y:v

G:C

18°

-

A:F

22.5°

-

E:B

x:u

B:G

OAR

ZAR, PAR, EAR

45°30°Cat. Nos.

SECTION REQUIRED FOR A GIVEN ANGLE

RAD.240

RAD.370

RAD.500

RAD.630

RAD.760

1 2 3 4 5

y:w x:uB:G

E:BA:F y:v

G:CRAD.370 RAD.

760

90°

60°x:uB:G

y:vG:C

45°RAD.500 RAD.

760

E:By:vG:C

30°RAD.760

y:vG:C

ASSEMBLY TO A PRE-SET ANGLE AND RADIUSThe diagrams alongside show the number of articulated risersections needed to form a given angle and radius.1 Identify the correct fixing holes.2 Stand each component part on its side in its assembled

position, overlapping the joint alternately. At every upperjoint insert a fastener through the identified outer holes but

do not fully tighten.Do not insert fasteners through the centre hole first, thismakes identification of the outer holes very difficult.

3 Adjust the assembly to align the centre holes of each joint. Fitfasteners but do not fully tighten.

4 At each joint, insert a third fastener through the slot andcorresponding hole.

5 Tighten all fasteners.6 Turn the whole assembly over and repeat steps 1 to 5.

Articulated riser sets can be connected to form either pre-setangles and radii or pre-assembled for adjustment in-situ.

For fixing vertical hinged connectors to ladder refer to Data SheetLR6.04.

ASSEMBLY

A BC

D

EFG

H O

E F G

O HD

CB A

u vw

xyz o o z

x y

wv u

1 Lay out the required number or articulated riser sections andvertical hinged connectors, overlapping each joint alternately asshown on page 1.

2 At each joint align the centre holes in each component andinsert a fastener sufficiently tight to hold the assembly togetherand carry it to the installation position.

3 Fit the vertical hinged connectors to the ladder - refer to DataSheet LR6.04.

4 Adjust the position of each section until the desired path isachieved and tighten the centre fastener at each joint.

5 Insert two additional fasteners at each joint and tighten allfasteners.

PRE-ASSEMBLY FOR ADJUSTMENT IN-SITU

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

8 x M10

LR6.06PAGE 1 OF 2

TEEBRACKETS

PERMITTED LADDER BRANCHMAIN LADDER RUN

OPAL

TOPAZ

SAPPHIRE

EMERALD

Quantity of Fastenersper bracket 8 x M10 8 x M10

TOPAZ

-

ZTB

ZTB

ZTB

SAPPHIRE

-

-

PTB

PTB

EMERALD

-

-

-

ETB

Tee brackets are a versatile means of carrying out thespeedy installation of a branch off a main cable ladder run.The branch can be installed at any position along the mainrun of ladder without cutting or drilling, making thisapproach particularly useful for installing a new branchonto an existing installation.

The branch ladder may be the same type and width as themain run or it may be a lighter type and/or a narrower width.

The branch ladder can be installed in either a horizontal orvertical position (as shown below). However, with the useof bendable or vertical hinged connectors (shown on page2), any orientation of the ladder is possible.

Brackets are supplied in pairs with fasteners.

for Cat. Nos. see table

TB FINISH

2 x M6

2 x M10

*90° End Connector OB is used to connect Opal to Opal ladder, use four M6fasteners per bracket

INSTALLATIONS

OTB(Used to connect Opal to otherladder ranges)

OB90° End Connector(Used only to connect Opal to Opal)Refer to Data Sheet LR5.03.

OPAL

*OB

OTB

OTB

OTB

Note: OTB not available in D.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,

fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

C

A

D

B

SIXTEEN 12 x 7OBROUND SLOTS

A C D B E FB

FASTENERS (included):For quantity required see table on page 1.

G C D H J K

ZTB, PTB, ETB

PAGE 2 OF 2

Important:Rigid support for the main ladder runshould be provided immediately adjacentto the installed position of the branch. Thecable loading on the branch should betreated as a point load applied unevenly tothe main ladder run and the implications ofthis must be properly considered.

Tee Brackets used withBendable Connectors

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and arefor two items (one tee bracket set) in a hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight inother finishes, multiply the given weight by thefollowing factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Tee Brackets used withVertical Hinged Connectors

WEIGHTkg

0.3

0.5

0.5

1.0

1.0

Cat. Nos.

OB

OTB

ZTB

PTB

ETB

Tee brackets when used with bendable or vertical hingedconnectors are an economical and fast way of coping withunforeseen problems as they arise during installation. Eachcomponent reference covers one complete set of two bracketsand the required fasteners.

OB, OTB

PTB and ETB

C

A

D

B

SIXTEEN 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

C

A

D

B

FOUR 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

FIFTEEN 15 x 7OBROUND SLOTS

OTB

C

A

D

B

TEN 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

OB

A M6x16 setscrewsB M6 washerC Side railD BracketE M6 shakeproof

washer

F M6 nutG M10x20 coachboltH M10 form A washerJ M10 single coil spring

washerK M10 nut

ZTB

A

100

125

125

125

125

B

100

125

125

155

155

C

2.0

2.0

2.0

3.0

3.0

D

45

78

78

103

103

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

LR6.06

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

W2

W1

Offset ReducerFor each joint order one shortreducer bracket and one straightcoupler.

W1 = main ladder runW2 = reduced ladder runBracket size = W1-W2

ORDERING DETAILS:

Straight Reducer

For each joint order two shortreducer brackets.

W1 = main ladder runW2 = reduced ladder runBracket size = W1-W2

2

Ladder cut ends must have a minimum clear length of 150mmbefore the first rung when fitting short reducer brackets.

Rigid support for the cable ladder should be provided on bothsides adjacent to each joint.

LR6.07PAGE 1 OF 2

SHORTREDUCERBRACKETS

for Cat. Nos. see table

SIZE see Ordering Details

R SIZE FINISH

Short reducer brackets can be used with all cable ladderranges except Opal to provide a simple and economical wayof forming a reducer on-site.A single bracket can be used with a straight coupler *C/- toform either a left hand or right hand offset reducer, whereastwo brackets are used to form a straight reducer.In the same way, Short reducer brackets can be used toconvert an equal tee into an unequal tee.Six sizes of bracket are available to fit each ladder range,providing a full range of reductions from 75mm to 750mm.Brackets can be fitted to the end of a full or cut ladder lengthwithout the need for drilling. When fitted to a cut length, thebracket provides a safe edge.Short reducer brackets are supplied singly with fasteners.

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

Quantity of Fastenersper Bracket

TOPAZ

ZR

4

SAPPHIRE

PR

8

EMERALD

ER

8

OFFSET REDUCER(single bracket withstraight coupler)

INSTALLATIONSSTRAIGHT REDUCER(two brackets)

Z TopazP SapphireE Emerald

W1 W2

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

PR

0.7

0.8

1.2

1.5

1.9

2.3

A

78

153

303

453

603

753

ZR

0.6

0.7

1.0

1.3

1.7

2.0

ER

1.0

1.1

1.5

2.0

2.4

2.9

LR6.07PAGE 2 OF 2

FASTENERS (included):For quantity required see table on page 1.

A

125

128

140

3

SIXTEEN 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

125

128

84

A

3

EIGHT 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

A

125

128

115

3

SIXTEEN 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

PR

ZR

ER

Ladder WidthDifference

75

150

300

450

600

750

WEIGHT kg DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are inmillimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms(kg) and are for hot dip galvanisedG finish.

To obtain the appropriatecomponent weight in other finishes,multiply the given weight by thefollowing factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

ZR, PR, ER

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

A B C D E F

A M10x20 coachboltB BracketC Side railD M10 form A washerE M10 single coil spring washerF M10 nut

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Straight dividers are used, along with curved dividers, tophysically separate different types or groups of cablewithin one cable ladder run.

They are supplied in 3.0m lengths with fasteners.PAGE 1 OF 2

for Cat. Nos. see table

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are inmillimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are inkilograms (kg).

Straight dividers with G finish are for use on ladder runs with G or D finishes.

TOPAZ, SAPPHIRE & EMERALD:G, S and E finishesOPAL: S finish

A3000

35

t

WITHOUTRETURNFLANGE

3000A

35

t

WITHRETURNFLANGE

OPAL: G finish

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

INSTALLATION

O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

LR6.08

DV FINISH

LADDERSTRAIGHTDIVIDERS

EMERALD

EDV

10

SAPPHIRE

PDV

10

TOPAZ

ZDV

10

OPAL

ODV

10

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

Quantity of Fastenersper 3.0m length

G

2.2

4.1

6.7

7.7

S

2.6

3.9

6.3

7.2

Cat. Nos.

ODV

ZDV

PDV

EDV

A

27

67

92

112

t

1.5

1.5

2.0

2.0

WEIGHT kg

For quantity required see table above left.

DV G and DV EM6x12 roofing boltM6 nutM6 roofing washers (2 off)

DV SM6x12 pan head screwM6 form A washerM6 square washerM6 nut

FASTENERS (included):

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

E

2.2

4.1

6.7

7.7

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are galvanised or zinc plated.For ladders with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A4.For ladders with E finish, the choice ofmaterial for fasteners will depend on theinstallation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

for Cat. Nos. see table

PAGE 2 OF 2

INSTALLATION

LADDER RANGE

Cat. Nos.

Quantity of Fastenersper 1.0m length

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Curved dividers with G finish are for use on ladder runs with G or D finishes.

1000B

t

A50

6 x 150(900)

WITHRETURNFLANGE

1000B

t

A50

6 x 150(900)

WITHOUTRETURNFLANGE

Drill for fasteners on site tosuit rung positions

O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Curved dividers are used, along with straight dividers, tophysically separate different types or groups of cable withinone cable ladder run.

They are supplied in 1.0m lengths with fasteners.

CUR FINISH

LR6.08

TOPAZ, SAPPHIRE & EMERALD:G, S and E finishesOPAL: S finish

LADDERCURVEDDIVIDERS

S

0.7

1.2

2.0

2.3

Cat. Nos.

ODV

ZDV

PDV

EDV

WEIGHT kgG

0.7

1.2

2.0

2.3

t

1.5

1.5

2.0

2.0

S

25

25

25

25

G

30

25

25

25

A B

27

67

92

112

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions givenare in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are inkilograms (kg).

EMERALD

ECUR

4

TOPAZ

ZCUR

4

SAPPHIRE

PCUR

4

OPAL

OCUR

4

OPAL: G finish

FASTENERS (included):For quantity required see table above right.

CUR G and CUR EM6x12 roofing boltM6 nutM6 roofing washers (2 off)

CUR SM6x12 pan head screwM6 form A washerM6 square washerM6 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are galvanised or zinc plated.For ladders with S finish, fasteners arecorrosion resistant stainless Grade A4.For ladders with E finish, the choice ofmaterial for fasteners will depend on theinstallation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).E Powder coated (to customer's

specification).

E

0.7

1.2

2.0

2.3

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

PAGE 1 OF 3

W= ladder width

One cover design is suitable for use with Topaz, Sapphireand Emerald ladder ranges.

They can be installed either resting directly on the ladderside rails (closed covers) or raised above the side railsproviding a gap for air to escape (ventilated covers).

Covers up to 450mm wide have a flat top surface and aresimply butt-jointed together. Covers 600mm wide andabove are overlapped and bolted together to increase theirrigidity. Covers 750 and 900mm wide have a stiffener fittedalong the joint for added rigidity.

All covers are 3m long and supplied with four cover clipsand associated fasteners.

V

600 wide and above:overlap joint for rigidity.

Up to 450 wide

VENTILATED COVER INSTALLATIONS

Up to 450 wide

600 wide and above:overlap joint for rigidity.

LR6.09

Z TopazP SapphireE Emerald

CV W FINISH

CLOSED COVER INSTALLATIONS

COVERS FORCABLE LADDERSTRAIGHTLENGTHS

750 & 900 wide

Covers can not be used whenhanger rod brackets are fitted toladder.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Clips are fitted to the inside of bothcover side flanges as shown; the endclips provide anchorage for the joinedends of adjacent covers.

CLIPS

Before fitting the covers ensure aminimum clearance of 30mmbetween the ladder and the verticalsupport face. For access to fit coverclips a larger clearance is requiredwhen the vertical support is a solidface. Refer to Data Sheet LR5.01 forfurther details.

ASSEMBLY

CLOSED COVERS

Place each cover over the ladder siderails and push the clip under the siderail return flanges before fitting andtightening the fasteners.

VENTILATED COVERS

Slide the clips over the top returnflange of the ladder side rails and placethe cover over the clips. Fit and tightenthe fasteners.

WIDE COVERS-600mm AND ABOVE

LR6.09COVER CLIP POSITIONS

PAGE 2 OF 3

30mm (min)

COVER

CLIP

SIDE RAIL

25mm

CLIP

SIDE RAIL

COVER

A B C D E F G

COVER CLIP(two fasteners per clip)

OVERLAP JOINT ON 600 WIDE(two fasteners per joint)

H J K H

LMN

(four fasteners per joint)

H J K H

LM

OVERLAP JOINT ON 750 & 900 WIDE

600mm wide coversFor wider covers with overlappedjoints, fit the first cover as above. Pushthe 'U' shaped retaining nuts over theholes in the overlap tongue. Fit thesecond cover with its straight endoverlapping the tongue on the firstcover. Insert fasteners and secure.

700 and 900mm wide coversFor covers fitted with a stiffener,assemble the covers as describedabove and place the stiffener on to thetop cover along the joint. Insertfasteners and secure.

'U'-SHAPEDRETAININGNUT

FIRST COVER

SECOND COVER

'U'-SHAPED RETAINING NUT

FIRST COVER

SECOND COVER

STIFFENER

A CoverB Side railC Cover clipD M8 nutE M8 form A washerF Spring washerG M8x16 setscrewH CoverJ 'U'-shape retaining nutK M6x16 setscrewL M6 form A washerM Spring washerN Stiffener

Finish: For covers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8except for retaining nut which is'Dacromet' coated. For covers with Sfinish, fasteners are corrosion resistantstainless Grade A470, except forretaining nut which is 'Xylan' coated.For covers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on theinstallation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

FASTENERS (included):

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LADDERWIDTH

150

300

450

600

750

900

COVERWIDTH

232

382

532

682

832

982

WEIGHTkg

11.0

16.6

22.2

28.0

33.6

39.3

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) and arefor hot dip galvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weight inother finishes, multiply the given weight by thefollowing factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Weight: 0.5 kg per 4 clips

COVER CLIP DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

TOPTOPTOP

44

96

38

TWO 13 x 9.5OBROUNDSLOTS

2

50

24

LR6.09COVERS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Z TopazP SapphireE Emerald

CV W FINISH

W= ladder width

PAGE 3 OF 3

COVERS FORCABLE LADDERSTRAIGHTLENGTHS

Widths 750 and 900 havetwo additional 18 x 8 slotsand Ø9.5 holes to acceptstiffener for added rigidity.

COVERWIDTH

35

3000

1.5

600-900LADDER WIDTH

150-450LADDER WIDTH

COVERWIDTH

3000

35

1.5

EIGHT 13 x 9.5OBROUND SLOTSFOR COVER CLIPS

TWO Ø 9.5HOLES

TWO 18 x 8SLOTS

EIGHT13 x 9.5OBROUNDSLOTSFOR COVERCLIPS

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

CLOSED COVER INSTALLATION600 wide and above:interlock joint for rigidity.

Up to 450 wide

VENTILATED COVER INSTALLATION

LR6.10PAGE 1 OF 2

SAPPHIRE

PIRC

PIRV

PORC

PORV

EMERALD

EIRC

EIRV

EORC

EORV

TOPAZ

ZIRC

ZIRV

ZORC

ZORV

Cat. Nos.INSIDERISERS

COVER DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTSFor information on dimensions and weights for specific fitting covers, contact ourSales Office.

Closed Covers

Ventilated CoversCat. Nos.OUTSIDE

RISERS

Closed Covers

Ventilated Covers

INSIDE & OUTSIDE RISERS

LADDER RANGE

Covers are supplied to fit all fittings in the Topaz, Sapphire andEmerald cable ladder ranges.

They can be installed either resting directly on the fitting side rails(closed covers) or raised above the side rails providing an air gap(ventilated covers).

Covers for fittings up to 450mm wide are simply butt-jointedtogether. Covers 600mm wide and above are overlapped andbolted together to increase their rigidity. Covers 750 and 900mmwide have a stiffener fitted along the joint for added rigidity.

All covers are supplied with the appropriate number of fasteners.

The ordering code for fitting covers (except risers) should be completed with theinclusion of the fitting reference where indicated.

Example: A Topaz 90° flat bend cover, 300 wide, 300 radius in a hot dip galvanisedfinish- FBCV 300 90 300 G

Cover Code is based on fittingscode. Remove first letter of fittingscode (Z, P or E) and insert CVbefore remainder of number ref.eg fittings codePFB 300 90 300 Gcover codeFBCV 300 90 300 G

(except Risers)

Cat. Nos. (Risers) SEE TABLE

Z TopazP SapphireE Emerald750 & 900 wide

COVERS FORCABLE LADDERFITTINGS

Covers can not be used whenhanger rod brackets are fitted toladder.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

COVER CLIP POSITIONSClips are fitted to the inside of cover side flanges as shown; the end clips provideanchorage for the joined ends of adjacent covers.

FASTENERS (included):

FLAT BENDCOVER

TEECOVER

4-WAY CROSSPIECECOVER

REDUCERCOVER

RISERCOVER

Cover clips

LR6.10PAGE 2 OF 2

CLOSED COVERSTo fit covers as closed, fit the cover over thefitting side rails and place the cover clips inposition under the side rail return flanges.Fit and tighten the fasteners.

VENTILATED COVERSTo fit the covers as ventilated, slide the clipsover the top return flanges of the side railsand place the cover over the clips. Fit andtighten the fasteners.

JOINING COVERSWhen wide (600mm or over) covers arefitted, the fitting cover may join to either endof a straight length cover.

If the straight cover has an overlap tongue,push 'U'-shaped retaining nuts over theholes in the tongue. Fit the fitting cover inposition overlapping the tongue. Insertfasteners through both covers and theretaining nuts and tighten the fasteners.

For 750 and 900mm wide covers place thestiffener on to the top cover along the jointbefore inserting the fasteners.

If the straight cover has not got an overlaptongue, fit four 'U'-shaped retaining nutsover the holes in a joint strip and positionthe strip under the butt-join betweencovers. Insert fasteners through each coverand the two aligning holes in the joint stripand tighten the fasteners.

For fitting a stiffener (covers 750 and900mm wide) refer to paragraph above.

NOTE: It may be necessary to drill holesin the straight cover if it hasbeen cut to length.

COVER

CLIP

SIDE RAIL

25mm

CLIP

SIDE RAIL

COVER

45

350

250FOUR 12 x 7OBROUND SLOTS

DRILLEDHOLES

JOINTSTRIP

EXISTINGSLOTS

'U'-SHAPEDRETAININGNUT

FIRST COVER

SECOND COVER

'U'-SHAPED RETAINING NUT

FIRST COVER

SECOND COVER

STIFFENER

ASSEMBLY

COVER CLIP DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTSRefer to Data Sheet LR6.09 (page 3) for cover clip dimensionsand weights.

A B C D

H J K P

E F G

COVER CLIP(two fasteners per clip)

OVERLAP JOINT ON 600 WIDE(two fasteners per joint)

JOINT STRIP(four fasteners per joint)

H J K H

LMN

(four fasteners per joint)

H J K H

LM

LM

LM

HJK

OVERLAP JOINT ON 750 & 900 WIDE

A CoverB Side railC Cover clipD M8 nutE M8 form A

washerF Spring washerG M8x16 setscrew

H CoverJ 'U'-shape

retaining nutK M6x16 setscrewL M6 form A washerM Spring washerN StiffenerP Joint strip

Finish: For covers with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8except for retaining nut which is'Dacromet' coated. For covers with Sfinish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470, exceptfor retaining nut which is 'Xylan' coated.For covers with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on theinstallation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Cat. Nos.

Up to 450 wide

600 wide:interlock joint for rigidity.

Up to 450 wide

600 wide:interlock joint for rigidity.

VENTILATED COVER INSTALLATIONS

CLOSED COVER INSTALLATIONS

LR6.11Opal covers can be installed either resting directly on theladder side rails (closed covers) or raised above the side railsproviding an air gap (ventilated covers).

Covers up to 450mm wide are 3m long and are simply butt-jointed together.

Covers 600mm wide are 1.5m long, and are overlapped andbolted together to increase their rigidity.

Fasteners and the appropriate number of clips are supplied.Ventilated covers are supplied with two-piece clips.

W= ladder width

OCC W FINISH

OCV W FINISH

O Opal

PAGE 1 OF 3

COVERS FORCABLE LADDERSTRAIGHTLENGTHS

Closed Covers

Ventilated CoversOCC

OCV

Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).E Powder coated (to customer's

specification).

Covers can not be used whenhanger rod brackets are fitted toladder.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

COVER CLIP POSITIONS

CLIPS

ASSEMBLYBefore fitting the covers ensure aclearance of 15mm between theladder and the vertical support face.For access to fit cover clips a largerclearance is required when thevertical support is a solid face. Referto Data Sheet TY6.01.

When two covers 600mm wide andabove are joined together, the tongueon one cover locates in the joggle plateon the other to form an interlock joint.

Cover clips are spaced evenly along thesides of the cover, four on each side of3.0m lengths and three on each side of1.5m lengths.

CLOSED COVERS

Place each cover over the ladder siderails and place the clips in position underthe side rail return flanges before fittingand tightening the fasteners.

VENTILATED COVERS

Fit the extension cover clips to the coverand place the cover over the ladder withthe clips resting on top of the side rails.Locate the standard cover clips under theside rail top flanges in line with theextension clips. Fit and tighten thefasteners to secure the two clips together.

COVERS - 600mm wide

For 600mm wide covers with interlockjoints, fit the first cover as above. Pushthe 'U' shaped retaining nuts over theholes in the overlap tongue. Fit thesecond cover with its straight endoverlapping the tongue on the first cover.Insert fasteners and secure.

PAGE 2 OF 3

LR6.11

15mm (min)

/S G CC G

SIDE RAIL

COVER

CLIP

SIDE RAIL

70 mmCOVER

STANDARDCLIP

VENTILATEDCOVERCLIP

'U'-SHAPEDRETAININGNUT

FIRST COVER

SECOND COVER

FASTENERS (included):

ABC D

F

VENTILATEDCOVER

A

BD

C

CLOSEDCOVER

E

(one fastenerper clip)

(two fastenersper clip)

A M6x12 roofing boltB Cover clip (standard)C M6 square nutD Side railE CoverF Cover clip (extension)

OVERLAP JOINT ON 600 WIDE(two fasteners per joint)

J K L J

GH

G M6 form A washerH Spring washerJ CoverK 'U'-shape retaining nutL M6x16 setscrew

Finish: For covers with G finish, fasteners aregalvanised or zinc plated, except forretaining nut which is 'Dacromet'coated. For covers with S finish,fasteners are stainless steel except forretaining nut which is 'Xylan' coated. Forcovers with E finish, the fasteners areGrade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on theinstallation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

STANDARDCOVER CLIP 20

12.7 x 7.62OBROUNDSLOT

18

28

11

3.0

13

30

22

39

20

64

3.0

TWO 7.0ØHOLES

VENTILATEDCOVER CLIP(Use withstandard clip)

Weight:0.2 kg per 6 clips

Weight:0.4 kg per 6 clips

TWO Ø9.5 HOLES

24

1475

225

TWO 18 x 8SLOTS

1.5 600 LADDER WIDTH

EIGHT12.7 x 7.6OBROUNDSLOTSFOR COVERCLIPS

100-450LADDER WIDTH

225

502

850

COVERWIDTH

COVERWIDTH

2900

24

1.5

SIX 12.7 x 7.6OBROUND SLOTSFOR COVER CLIPS

COVERS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

LADDERWIDTH

100

150

225

300

450

600

LR6.11PAGE 3 OF 3

W= ladder width

OCC W FINISH

OCV W FINISH

O Opal

COVERS FORCABLE LADDERSTRAIGHTLENGTHS

COVER CLIPS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

COVERWIDTH WEIGHT kg

6.8

8.5

11.2

13.9

19.3

12.4

144

194

269

344

494

644

Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).E Powder coated (to customer's

specification).

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres(mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg)and are for hot dip galvanised G finish.To obtain the appropriate componentweight in other finishes, multiply the givenweight by the following factors:Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated(E) x 0.97

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

PAGE 1 OF 2

LR6.12

Up to 450mm.

Covers are available to fit all Opal fittings.

They can be installed either resting directly on the fittingside rails (closed covers) or raised above the side railsproviding an air gap (ventilated covers).

Covers for fittings up to 450mm wide are simply butt-jointed together. Covers 600mm wide are overlapped andbolted together to increase their rigidity.

All covers are supplied with the appropriate number offasteners.

VENTILATED COVER INSTALLATION

600mm and over:interlock joint for rigidity.

The ordering code for fitting covers should be completed with theinclusion of the fitting reference where indicated.

Example: A closed cover for an Opal unequal tee, allowing a 150mmbranch off a 300mm run, in a hot dip galvanised finish-OUTCC 300 150 G.

The standard radius for Opal is 300mm.

Cat. Nos. Closed Covers

Ventilated Covers

For information on dimensions and weights for specific fitting covers,contact our Sales Office.

COVER DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

O(ACC)CC W(S) ANGLE RAD FINISH

O(ACC)CV W(S) ANGLE RAD FINISH

W(s)= width(s) of fitting as applicable

O Opal

COVERS FORCABLE LADDERFITTINGS

CLOSED COVER INSTALLATION

O(Acc)CC

O(Acc)CV

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).E Powder coated (to customer's

specification).

Covers can not be used whenhanger rod brackets are fitted toladder.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

FASTENERS (included):

ABC D

F

VENTILATEDCOVER

A

BD

C

CLOSEDCOVER

E

(one fastenerper clip)

(two fastenersper clip)

COVER CLIP POSITIONSCover clip positions for the various fitting covers are shown below.

FLAT BENDCOVER

TEECOVER

4-WAY CROSSPIECECOVER

REDUCERCOVER

RISERCOVER

Cover clips

COVER CLIPS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTSRefer to Data Sheet LR6.11 (page 2) for cover clips dimensions and weights.

CLOSED COVERSTo fit covers as closed, fit the cover over thefitting side rails and place the cover clips inposition under the side rail top flanges. Fitand tighten the fasteners.

VENTILATED COVERSTo fit the covers as ventilated, attach theextension cover clips to the cover and placethe cover in position on the fitting with theextension clips seated on the top flange ofthe fitting side rails. Position the standardcover clips in line with the extension clips andunder the side rail top flanges. Fit fastenersthrough both clips and tighten.

JOINING COVERSWhen 600mm wide covers are fitted, thefitting cover may join to either end of astraight length cover.

If the straight cover has an overlap tongue,push 'U'-shaped retaining nuts over theholes in the tongue. Fit the fitting cover inposition overlapping the tongue. Insertfasteners through both covers and theretaining nuts and tighten the fasteners.

If the straight cover has not got an overlaptongue, fit four 'U'-shaped retaining nutsover the holes in a joint strip and position thestrip under the butt-join between covers.Insert fasteners through each cover and thetwo aligning holes in the joint strip andtighten the fasteners.

NOTE: It may be necessary to drill holesin the straight cover if it has beencut to length.

LR6.12PAGE 2 OF 2

SIDE RAIL

COVER

CLIP

SIDE RAIL

70 mmCOVER

STANDARDCLIP

VENTILATEDCOVERCLIP

ASSEMBLY

A M6x12 roofing boltB Cover clip (standard)C M6 square nutD Side railE CoverF Cover clip (extension)

J K L M

JOINT STRIP(four fasteners per joint)

GH

GH

JKL

G M6 form A washerH Spring washerJ CoverK 'U'-shape retaining nutL M6x16 setscrewM Joint strip

Finish: For covers with G finish, fasteners aregalvanised or zinc plated, except forretaining nut which is 'Dacromet'coated. For covers with S finish,fasteners are stainless steel except forretaining nut which is 'Xylan' coated. Forcovers with E finish, the fasteners areGrade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on theinstallation environment - contactour Sales Office for guidance.

'U'-SHAPEDRETAININGNUT

FIRST COVER

SECOND COVER

45

350

250FOUR 12 x 7OBROUND SLOTS

DRILLEDHOLES

JOINTSTRIP

EXISTINGSLOTS

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LADDERRANGE

Cat. Nos.

Quantity of Fastenersper Bracket

Additional holes forladder widths 600 and over.

C

A

D

B

Ø11

32

105

EIGHT 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

B

154

304

454

604

754

904

Cat. Nos.

LadderWidth (W)

150

300

450

600

750

900

C

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

D

84

84

84

84

84

84

ZS PS ES

A

127

127

127

127

127

127

D

115

115

115

115

115

115

WTkg

0.6

0.9

1.2

1.4

1.7

2.0

D

140

140

140

140

140

140

WTkg

0.6

1.0

1.3

1.7

2.0

2.4

WTkg

0.4

0.6

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

A

127

127

127

127

127

127

B

154

304

454

604

754

904

C

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

A

127

127

127

127

127

127

B

154

304

454

604

754

904

C

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

PAGE 1 OF 2

LR6.13

for Cat. Nos. see table

S W FINISH

W= ladder width

STOP ENDS

Stop ends provide both a neat method of terminating acable ladder run and also an alternative to the use of 90°connectors for fixing the end of a cable ladder run to avertical surface (steel, concrete or masonry). They aresupplied singly with stop end to ladder fasteners.

INSTALLATION

EMERALD

ES

8

SAPPHIRE

PS

8

TOPAZ

ZS

8

FOR USE ON: Z TopazP SapphireE Emerald

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

STOP END TO LADDERFASTENERS (included):For quantity required see table above left.ZB, PB, EBM10x20 coachboltM10 form A washerM10 single coil spring washerM10 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment -contact our Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40NmSTOP END TO SUPPORTFASTENERS (not included):Holes are provided for M10 setscrews- length and finish to suit application.

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) andare for a single item in a hot dip galvanisedG finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weightin other finishes, multiply the given weightby the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

Additional centre hole forladder width 600 only.

LR6.13PAGE 2 OF 2

Stop ends provide both a neat method of terminating a cableladder run and also an alternative to the use of 90° connectorsfor fixing the end of a cable ladder run to a vertical surface(steel, concrete or masonry). They are supplied singly withstop end to ladder fasteners.

WEIGHTkg

0.2

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

LadderWidth (W)

100

150

225

300

450

600

A

100

100

100

100

100

100

C

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

D

45

45

45

45

45

45

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) andare for a single item in a hot dip galvanised Gfinish.

To obtain the appropriate component weightin other finishes, multiply the given weight bythe following factors:

Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

B

97

147

223

297

447

597

W= ladder width

OS W FINISH

C

A

D

B

28Ø7.5

EIGHT 15 x 7OBROUNDSLOTS

Opal stop ends must be fitted to the inside of the ladder side rails.

STOP ENDS INSTALLATION

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -

2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).E Powder coated (to customer's

specification).

O Opal

STOP END TO LADDERFASTENERS (included):Four fasteners per bracket.M6x16 setscrewM6 washerM6 shakeproof washerM6 nutFinish: For ladders with G finish, fasteners are

high tensile Grade 8.8. For ladders withS finish, fasteners are corrosionresistant stainless Grade A470.For ladders with E finish, the fastenersare Grade 8.8 hot dip galvanised. Analternative material for fasteners maybe required depending on the installationenvironment - contact our Sales Officefor guidance.

STOP END TO SUPPORTFASTENERS (not included):Holes are provided for M6 setscrews- length and finish to suit application.

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ERLADDER TO LADDER CONNECTION TRAY TO LADDER CONNECTION

LR6.14PAGE 1 OF 1

23

260

85

3

EIGHT 20 x 7OBROUNDSLOTS

EIGHT 37 x 13RECTANGULARSLOTS

Rail to rail dropout brackets are used:

a. to attach a vertical cable ladder run beneath a horizontalmain ladder run of the same width.

b. to attach a vertical cable tray run beneath one side railof a horizontal main ladder run.

A bracket suitable for Opal is available, ReferenceOM/FINISH, contact our Sales Office for details.

Rail to rail dropout brackets are supplied in pairs withfasteners.

M FINISH

Important

Unless the connecting vertical ladder or tray is properlysupported at a lower position it must be considered as a pointload imposed on the main ladder run, any implications of whichmust be properly considered.

Weight of one pair of brackets: 1.0kg.

RAIL TO RAILDROPOUTBRACKETS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

INSTALLATIONS

FOR USE ON: Z TopazP SapphireE Emerald

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

BRACKET TO LADDERFASTENERS (included):Five fasteners per bracket.

M10 x 20 coachboltM10 form A washerM10 single coil spring washerM10 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment -contact our Sales Office for guidance.

RecommendedTorque Setting (M10): 40Nm

BRACKET TO TRAY FASTENERS(not included):M6 nuts and bolts (roofing or pan head).

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSThe weight given is in kilograms (kg) and isfor one pair of brackets in a hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weightin other finishes, multiply the given weight bythe following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

A

2.0

20

UPTO 450 WIDETWO 25 x 7OBROUND SLOTS

600 WIDE AND ABOVETHREE 25 x 7OBROUND SLOTS

90o

LR6.15Dropout plates are designed to provide local support to cablesas they exit a cable ladder run by passing between the rungs.

Dropout plates are supplied singly with fasteners.

INSTALLATION

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

A

80

130

205

280

430

580

730

880

100

150

225

300

450

600

750

900

Ladder Width(W)

WEIGHTkg

0.5

0.8

1.3

1.7

2.7

3.6

4.5

5.5

PAGE 1 OF 1

DO W FINISH

W = ladder width

DROPOUTPLATES

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

WEIGHTSAll weights given are in kilograms (kg) andare for a single item in a hot dip galvanisedG finish.

To obtain the appropriate component weightin other finishes, multiply the given weightby the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

O/- OpalFOR USE ON: O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

FASTENERS (included):Two fasteners per plate up to 450mm wide.Three fasteners per plate 600mm wide andabove.

G & D finishesM6 x12 roofing boltM6 roofing washers (2 off)M6 nut

S finishM6 x12 pan head screwM6 form A washerM6 square washerM6 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment -contact our Sales Office for guidance.

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

Note: D not available for Opal

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

100mmMinimum

Weight: 0.3kg

INSTALLATIONS

Cable support brackets are designed for use with all cableladder ranges when the ladder is installed with the rungsvertical.

Several brackets can be fitted to each rung at a minimumspacing of 100mm. The maximum recommended cableloading is 30kg per bracket.

Cable support brackets are supplied singly with fastenersbut without cable ties.

LR6.16PAGE 1 OF 1

CABLESUPPORTBRACKET

CSB FINISH

O/- OpalFOR USE ON: O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

Ø7.5 MOUNTING HOLE

3.0

56.0

76.5

TWO 5 x 16OBROUND SLOTS

71.5 x 7.5OBROUND SLOT

93.0

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

WEIGHTSThe weight given is in kilograms (kg)and is for a single item in a hot dipgalvanised G finish.

To obtain the appropriate componentweight in other finishes, multiply thegiven weight by the following factors:

Deep Galvanised (D) x 1.07Stainless steel (S) x 0.94Powder coated (E) x 0.97

DIMENSIONSAll dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

FASTENERS (included):One fastener per bracket.

G & D finishesM6 x12 roofing boltM6 roofing washers (2 off)M6 nut

S finishM6 x12 pan head screwM6 form A washerM6 square washerM6 nut

Finish: For ladders with G and D finishes,fasteners are high tensile Grade 8.8.For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant stainless GradeA470.

For ladders with E finish, thefasteners are Grade 8.8 hot dipgalvanised. An alternative material forfasteners may be required dependingon the installation environment -contact our Sales Office for guidance.

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

Note: D not available for Opal

Cat. Nos.

FOR USE ON:

FINISHES:

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR6.17If a supplementary bonding conductor for equipotentialearthing is required, straight lengths and fittings in all Swiftsladder ranges have fixing holes provided to accommodate aflexible earth continuity connector. On straight lengths, fixingholes are pitched every 75mm to avoid the need for drilling ifthe ladder is cut.

When used with ladder having galvanised or stainless steelfinish, the lug of the earth continuity connector is fixeddirectly to the ladder side rail. When used with ladder havingpowder finish, a riveted popnut can be fitted (as shown below)at the customers request.

The earth continuity connector has a current capacity ratingof 100 Amps.

Earth continuity connectors are supplied in bagged quantitiesof ten with fasteners.

PAGE 1 OF 1

EARTHCONTINUITYCONNECTOR

PLFEB

Z TopazP SapphireE Emerald

TYPICAL LADDER ACCESSORY ENDS

TWO HOLES Ø7.5TWO HOLES Ø7.5

ASSEMBLY

DIMENSIONS

All dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

Attach the earth continuity connector to either hole, depending on couplerposition.

For ladder with powder finish, the hole will be fitted with a popnut fasteneron request.

FINISH: Electro tinned copper

FASTENERS (included):Two fasteners per connector

Topaz, Sapphire, EmeraldSwiftspan G, Swiftspan H-/G, -/DG,-/SS FINISH

A B C

D

E

-/E FINISH F B C

D

A

A M6 x10 Brass setscrew (BS 3692)B Ladder side railC Earth continuity connectorD Brass form A washer 1.6x12.5x6.4 (BS4320)E M6 Brass nut (BS 3692)F M6 Popnut

For Opal use:Earth continuity connector PTFEBrefer to Data Sheet TY7.07.

INSTALLATION

COPPER LUG TOBS 6017 (1981) ANDBS 1977 (1976)

1318

30

12

295 (BRAID LENGTH)

320 (HOLE CENTRES)

HOLE Ø6.5 CONDUCTOR AREA 16mm(COPPER BRAID TO BS 4109)

2

3.05.5 2.0 G, D, S FINISH

E FINISH

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

LR7.01Topaz, Sapphire and Emerald cable ladders can all be suppliedwith rungs in a range of slot patterns and sections (as shownbelow). In addition, all rungs can be inverted to special order.

A specific rung can be selected throughout, or any combinationof types 1 and 2 as required.

Type 3 rungs are formed in a Swiftrack SC203 section.

Type 1 rungs will be supplied throughout unless otherwisespecified.

PAGE 1 OF 1

RUNGS

FOR USE ON:

OPTIONS & DIMENSIONS

All dimensions given are in millimetres (mm).

O OpalZ TopazP SapphireE Emerald

t

42

TYPE 2

TYPE 1 21

t

42

21

TYPE 3

28 x 13

35 x 11

20 x 7

50

50

25

t

41.3

20.6

RUNGSECTION

1

3

{RUNG

LENGTHUp to 450

600Above 600

ALL

G finish

1.21.52.02.5

D finish

1.21.52.02.5

S finish

1.21.52.02.5

RUNG THICKNESS (t)

* Slot pattern may differ onstainless steel type 3 rungs.

Consult Legrand for advice.

TYPE 4

t

30

15

35 x 11 50(56 ON 225 WIDE)

RUNGLENGTHUp to 300Above 300

RUNG THICKNESS (t)

t1.01.5

DIMENSIONS

FINISHES:Standard Finish:G Hot dip galvanised after manufacture to

BS EN ISO 1461.Additional Finishes - to order:D Deep galvanised steel made from BS EN

10025-5 – grade S355JOWP (finish withextra zinc coating).

S Stainless steel to BS EN 10088 -2 grade 1·4404 (equivalent to 316L31).

E Powder coated (to customer'sspecification).

Note: Type 4 rung not available in D.

Opal cable ladders are supplied with type 4 rungs.

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

A

C

B

D

E

F

LR7.02PAGE 1 OF 1

The effect of lateral loads on spans over 5m or 6m can bemuch reduced by adding diagonal bracing.

Bracing is achieved by fitting a ladder type 1 rung section,cut to length from 3m length supplied, diagonally across theunderside of the ladder as shown in the illustration below.

Diagonal bracing can be fitted to Sapphire or Emerald cableladder; Opal and Topaz are not suitable for these long spans.

FOR USE ON:

ASSEMBLY DETAILS(Fasteners not included):

DIAGONALBRACING

A M10 Swiftrack channel nut (Ref. PN 100)B Ladder rungC 40x40x6 square washer, SB506/10D Diagonal brace (type 1 rung 1.5 thick)E M10 form A washer FM10x25 Grade 8.8 setscrew

Finish: For ladders with S finish, fastenersare corrosion resistant Stainless GradeA470.

INSTALLATIONCouplers are best located directly over the point of support toprovide additional local reinforcement of the ladder side rails.

Details on long span installations are given in Section 2 of theEngineering Manual, refer to Cable Tray and Cable Ladder systems,Installation of Cable Ladder Over Long Spans.

DIAGONAL BRACE (3m LONG)CUT TO LENGTH AS REQUIRED

LADDER RUNG

6m SPAN

1.8mTYPICAL

DIAGONAL BRACE BOLTEDTO UNDERSIDE OF ALTERNATELADDER RUNGS

SUPPORT SUPPORT

COUPLER

Cat. Nos.

LR FINISH

Supplied in 3m length

For details of rung section refer to Data Sheet LR7.01.

P SapphireE Emerald

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

C DIMENSIONThe C dimension is given for bends and risers in cable ladder ranges.It is the length of the centre-line from each "end" of the fitting to the pointat which the centre-lines intersect, as shown below.

CX

Y

BEND(TYPICAL)

RISER(TYPICAL)

X and Y dimensions are given for all cable ladder fittings other thanreducers and straight lengths (see examples above).

Y

C, XXC

Y

X

Y

LENGTH

LR7.03

PRE-FABRICATIONOF CABLELADDER RUNS

To assist in the installation of a complete cable ladder runfollowing a centre-line drawing (usually CAD generated),the data sheets for each fitting contain C, X, Y and lengthdimensions where appropriate, and also diagrams toexplain the dimensions.

The dimensions help to ensure that fittings are correctlypositioned in line with the drawing and make it possible toaccurately calculate the installed length of intermediatestraight sections. This allows the sections to be cut tolength and pre-assembled, making installation in elevatedor restricted areas much simpler.

A simple layout is illustrated at the bottom of the page toshow how available dimensions can be used.

PAGE 1 OF 1

X AND Y DIMENSIONS

X

80

80RADIUS

C

WIDTH

Y

EM 04/09

All information correct at date of issue.

SW

IFT

S C

AB

LE

LA

DD

ER

WIDTH

LR7.04

IDENTIFICATIONANDRECOGNITION OFCABLE LADDERFITTINGS

Under site conditions it is often difficult to distinguish betweendifferent fittings, particularly bends and risers of varyingangles and radii. To assist identification, key dimensionvalues are given on each fitting data sheet to provide asimple means of differentiating between similar fittings.

The available widths, or combinations of widths, for all fittings arealways listed, and are a necessity for positive identification.

i DIMENSIONThis dimension identifies those fittings in the cable ladder ranges whichhave curved sections or change the direction of the run through varyingangles. It is the measurement across the inner curve of the fitting, asshown below, and is a constant for each available radius option.

i

i

i

EQUAL TEE,UNEQUAL TEE,CROSSPIECE

RISER

BEND

X, Y AND C DIMENSIONSFor cable ladder fittings without an i dimension, the X, Y and Cdimensions (where applicable) can be used. These are listed in eachfitting data sheet and explained in Data Sheets LR7.03.

PAGE 1 OF 1